1 #LyX 2.0.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
29 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
30 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
36 % redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
37 \def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
38 L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
41 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
42 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
44 % macro for italic page numbers in the index
45 \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
47 % redefine the greyed out note
48 \renewenvironment{lyxgreyedout}
49 {\textcolor{blue}\bgroup}{\egroup}
51 \options intoc,bibtotoc,idxtotoc,BCOR7mm,tablecaptionabove
52 \use_default_options false
57 \font_typewriter default
58 \font_default_family default
66 \default_output_format default
70 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
71 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
75 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
76 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
77 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
82 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
83 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue,pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true,pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false, pdfpagelabels,pdftex"
91 \paperorientation portrait
92 \backgroundcolor #ffffff
103 \paragraph_separation indent
105 \quotes_language english
108 \paperpagestyle default
109 \tracking_changes true
110 \output_changes false
111 \author "Jürgen Spitzmüller"
127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
129 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
131 \begin_inset CommandInset href
133 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
144 \begin_inset Newline newline
148 \begin_inset Newline newline
152 \begin_inset Note Note
155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
158 -version of this document can be found here:
159 \begin_inset Newline newline
170 DocumentationDevelopment
180 \begin_layout Standard
181 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
182 LatexCommand tableofcontents
189 \begin_layout Chapter
193 \begin_layout Section
197 \begin_layout Standard
198 LyX is a document preparation system.
199 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
200 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
201 It is unlike most other
202 \begin_inset Quotes eld
206 \begin_inset Quotes erd
209 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
211 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
212 \begin_inset Quotes eld
216 \begin_inset Quotes erd
220 \begin_inset Quotes eld
226 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
229 pt type, left justified, 5
230 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
234 \begin_inset Quotes erd
238 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
242 \begin_layout Standard
243 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
246 \begin_inset Quotes eld
250 \begin_inset Quotes erd
256 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
260 \begin_layout Standard
262 \begin_inset Quotes eld
270 \begin_inset Quotes erd
273 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
274 the format of all of the manuals.
275 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
276 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
279 \begin_inset Quotes eld
287 \begin_inset Quotes erd
293 \begin_layout Section
297 \begin_layout Standard
298 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
300 Below it is a toolbar with a
302 box and various buttons.
303 There is, of course, a vertical
305 and a main work area for editing documents.
308 \begin_layout Standard
309 Note that there is no horizontal scroll bar.
310 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
311 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
313 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
317 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal
320 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
321 This, however, is due
322 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
323 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
324 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
325 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
327 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
328 this doesn't work for equations yet.
331 \begin_layout Standard
332 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
338 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
340 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
345 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
346 ing sections of this documentation.
349 \begin_layout Section
353 \begin_layout Standard
354 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
359 of the manuals from inside LyX.
360 Just select the manual you want read from the
367 \begin_layout Section
369 \begin_inset CommandInset label
371 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
378 \begin_layout Standard
379 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
380 without resorting to configuration files.
381 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs,
385 packages are available.
386 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
391 \begin_inset Index idx
394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
401 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
402 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.
403 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
407 \begin_inset space \space{}
412 classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
413 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
415 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
419 \begin_inset Index idx
422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
423 Reconfiguration of LyX
428 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
431 \begin_layout Section
435 \begin_inset CommandInset label
437 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
444 \begin_layout Standard
447 packages to work properly.
448 The packages found on the system by LyX are listed in the file
456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
472 that will be created when using the menu
474 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
497 You should install the required missing packages and then reconfigure LyX.
498 \begin_inset Note Note
501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
502 The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term
503 \begin_inset Quotes eld
509 \begin_inset Quotes erd
512 is printed with sub- and superscript letters.
513 More about TeX Code is described in section
518 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
520 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
524 , the printout of proper names like
526 is explained in section
531 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
533 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
543 \begin_inset Index idx
546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
547 Reconfiguration of LyX
555 \begin_layout Chapter
559 \begin_layout Section
560 Basic File Operations
561 \begin_inset Index idx
564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
573 \begin_layout Standard
578 menu and in the standard toolbar are basic operations for any word processor
579 in addition to some more advanced operations:
582 \begin_layout Itemize
586 \begin_inset Graphics
587 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
588 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
595 \begin_layout Itemize
613 \begin_layout Itemize
619 \begin_inset Graphics
620 filename ../images/file-open.png
621 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
628 \begin_layout Itemize
634 \begin_layout Itemize
640 \begin_inset Graphics
641 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
642 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
649 \begin_layout Itemize
659 \begin_layout Itemize
673 \begin_layout Itemize
683 \begin_layout Itemize
689 \begin_layout Itemize
695 \begin_layout Itemize
701 \begin_inset Graphics
702 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
703 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
710 \begin_layout Itemize
716 \begin_layout Standard
717 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
718 a few minor differences.
721 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
736 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
737 you for a template to use.
738 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
739 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
740 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
746 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
748 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
755 \begin_layout Standard
757 \begin_inset Quotes eld
761 \begin_inset Quotes erd
765 \begin_inset Quotes eld
769 \begin_inset Quotes erd
773 \begin_inset Quotes eld
777 \begin_inset Quotes erd
780 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
781 space is just that — a big, blank space.
784 \begin_layout Standard
805 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
810 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
835 will reload the document from disk.
836 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
837 and want to restore it to the last save.
846 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
847 can identify them as your changes.
850 \begin_layout Section
851 Basic Editing Features
852 \begin_inset Index idx
855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
862 \begin_inset CommandInset label
864 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
871 \begin_layout Standard
872 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
873 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or page of text, and can
874 delete whole words as well as individual characters.
875 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
877 We'll start with cut and paste.
880 \begin_layout Standard
881 As you might expect, the
885 menu and the standard toolbar has the cut and paste commands, along with
886 various other editing features.
887 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
891 \begin_layout Itemize
897 \begin_inset Graphics
898 filename ../images/cut.png
899 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
906 \begin_layout Itemize
912 \begin_inset Graphics
913 filename ../images/copy.png
914 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
921 \begin_layout Itemize
927 \begin_inset Graphics
928 filename ../images/paste.png
929 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
936 \begin_layout Itemize
946 \begin_layout Itemize
956 \begin_layout Itemize
970 \begin_inset Graphics
971 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
972 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
980 \begin_layout Standard
981 The first three are self-explanatory.
982 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
983 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
992 keys also functions as the
997 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
998 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
1003 to get back the lost text.
1006 \begin_layout Standard
1007 \begin_inset Index idx
1010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1016 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
1022 \begin_inset space ~
1027 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
1030 \begin_layout Standard
1033 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1035 \begin_inset space ~
1038 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1040 \begin_inset space ~
1044 \begin_inset space ~
1049 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
1055 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
1059 \begin_inset space ~
1064 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
1065 will start a new paragraph.
1068 \begin_layout Standard
1069 \begin_inset Index idx
1072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1079 \begin_inset Index idx
1082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1090 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1092 \begin_inset space ~
1096 \begin_inset space ~
1104 \begin_inset space ~
1108 \begin_inset space ~
1114 Once you have found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1119 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1122 \begin_inset space ~
1131 \begin_inset space ~
1136 button to skip the current word.
1140 \begin_inset space ~
1145 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1149 \begin_inset space ~
1154 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1156 If the toggle is set, searching for
1157 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1165 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1168 will not match the word
1169 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1177 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1183 Match whole words only
1185 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words, i.
1186 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1190 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1198 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1202 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1210 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1216 \begin_layout Standard
1217 Things like notes, floats, etc., the so called insets can be dissolved.
1218 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1220 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1225 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1232 \begin_layout Section
1234 \begin_inset Index idx
1237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1244 \begin_inset Index idx
1247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1254 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1256 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1263 \begin_layout Standard
1264 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1265 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1268 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1271 or the toolbar button
1272 \begin_inset Graphics
1273 filename ../images/undo.png
1274 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1278 to undo some mistake.
1279 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1281 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1284 or the toolbar button
1285 \begin_inset Graphics
1286 filename ../images/redo.png
1287 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1292 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1296 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1299 The undo mechanism is currently limited to
1302 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1305 steps to minimize memory overhead.
1308 \begin_layout Standard
1309 Note that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as it
1311 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1315 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1318 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1319 This is a consequence of the
1322 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1325 step undo limit, above.
1328 \begin_layout Standard
1337 work on almost everything in LyX.
1338 But they won't undo or redo text character by character, but by blocks
1342 \begin_layout Section
1344 \begin_inset Index idx
1347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1356 \begin_layout Standard
1357 These are the most basic mouse operations.
1360 \begin_layout Enumerate
1365 \begin_layout Itemize
1370 once anywhere in the edit window.
1371 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1375 \begin_layout Enumerate
1380 \begin_layout Itemize
1386 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1389 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1392 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1395 \begin_layout Itemize
1396 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1398 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1405 \begin_layout Enumerate
1406 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1410 \begin_layout Standard
1411 Right-click on them to set their properties.
1412 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1416 \begin_layout Enumerate
1421 \begin_layout Standard
1426 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1431 \begin_layout Section
1433 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1435 name "sec:Navigating"
1440 \begin_inset Index idx
1443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1452 \begin_layout Standard
1453 LyX offers you two ways to navigate in documents:
1456 \begin_layout Itemize
1461 lists all sections of the document as
1463 entries that you can click to jump to the corresponding document part.
1466 \begin_layout Itemize
1469 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1472 or the toolbar button
1473 \begin_inset Graphics
1474 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
1475 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1482 \begin_layout Standard
1483 The outline window shows you the content of the document's table of contents
1486 ) that is described in section
1487 \begin_inset space ~
1491 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1493 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
1498 You can click there on entries to jump to the corresponding document part.
1499 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1500 different lists of document objects, like the list of footnotes.
1501 Some of them, the list of tables, figures, and algorithms can also be added
1502 to the document, see section
1503 \begin_inset space ~
1507 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1509 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
1518 option sorts the current list, and the
1522 option keeps it in the current view state.
1523 Keeping means that when you have e.
1524 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1528 \begin_inset space \space{}
1531 the subsections of section
1532 \begin_inset space ~
1535 2 and 4 shown and click on section
1536 \begin_inset space ~
1539 3, the subsections of section
1540 \begin_inset space ~
1543 2 and 4 will still be shown.
1548 option they will be hidden to highlight the clicked section
1549 \begin_inset space ~
1555 \begin_layout Standard
1557 \begin_inset space \space{}
1561 \begin_inset Graphics
1562 filename ../images/down.png
1563 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1568 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1573 \begin_inset space \space{}
1577 \begin_inset Graphics
1578 filename ../images/up.png
1579 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1584 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1588 at the bottom of the outline window you can change the position of sections
1590 So you can for example move section
1591 \begin_inset space ~
1595 \begin_inset space ~
1599 LyX will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order.
1601 \begin_inset Graphics
1602 filename ../images/promote.png
1603 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1608 \begin_inset Graphics
1609 filename ../images/demote.png
1610 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1614 or the corresponding key bindings
1622 you can change the sectioning level of sections.
1623 So you can for example make section
1624 \begin_inset space ~
1628 \begin_inset space ~
1632 \begin_inset space ~
1638 \begin_layout Standard
1640 \begin_inset Graphics
1641 filename ../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
1642 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
1647 jumps to the position in the document where you recently changed something.
1648 This is for example useful when you have a large document and navigated
1649 or scrolled to another document part to look for something, and want to
1650 go back to your last editing position.
1653 \begin_layout Section
1655 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1659 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1663 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1665 name "sec:Input-Completion"
1670 \begin_inset Index idx
1673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1680 \begin_inset Index idx
1683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1714 \begin_layout Standard
1715 LyX provides completion of words by scanning all documents that are currently
1717 Every word that appears in these documents is added to a database that
1718 is used to propose completions.
1721 \begin_layout Standard
1722 By default LyX shows a small triangle behind the cursor as indicator that
1723 there are completions available.
1724 You can then press the
1728 key to use this completion.
1729 When several completions are possible, a
1731 is opened showing them.
1732 You can select a completion in the
1734 using the mouse or the arrow keys, and accept the chosen completion be
1742 \begin_layout Standard
1743 In the preferences dialog, that is opened with the menu
1745 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1748 , the cursor completion indicator can be turned off in the section
1750 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1753 by deselecting the option
1764 the proposed completion is shown directly behind the cursor position.
1765 To accept this proposal, use the
1775 the completions are always shown in a
1778 LyX offers some more completion settings for experts that are described
1780 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1784 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1786 reference "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
1793 \begin_layout Section
1795 \begin_inset Index idx
1798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1805 \begin_inset Index idx
1808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1837 \begin_inset Index idx
1840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1871 \begin_layout Standard
1872 There are at least two different primary binding maps:
1880 \begin_layout Standard
1884 \begin_inset space ~
1892 \begin_inset space ~
1913 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1917 \begin_layout Labeling
1918 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1922 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1923 LatexCommand nomenclature
1925 description "Tabulator key"
1931 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
1932 If you don't understand this, go read sections
1933 \begin_inset space ~
1937 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1939 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
1944 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1946 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
1950 , especially section
1951 \begin_inset space ~
1955 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1957 reference "sub:Lists"
1963 If you're still confused, look in the
1970 \begin_layout Labeling
1971 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1976 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1977 LatexCommand nomenclature
1979 description "Escape key"
1986 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1990 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1993 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
1994 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
1997 \begin_layout Labeling
1998 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2004 \begin_inset space ~
2008 \begin_inset space ~
2015 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
2016 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
2020 \begin_layout Standard
2021 There are three modifier keys:
2024 \begin_layout Labeling
2025 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2031 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2039 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2043 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2044 LatexCommand nomenclature
2046 description "Control key"
2050 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
2051 on which keys it's used in combination with:
2055 \begin_layout Itemize
2064 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
2067 \begin_layout Itemize
2076 , it moves by words instead of characters.
2079 \begin_layout Itemize
2088 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
2092 \begin_layout Labeling
2093 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2099 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2107 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2111 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2112 LatexCommand nomenclature
2114 description "Shift key"
2118 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
2119 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
2122 \begin_layout Labeling
2123 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2129 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2137 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2141 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2142 LatexCommand nomenclature
2144 description "Alt or Meta key"
2148 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
2149 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
2150 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
2156 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
2158 menu accelerator keys
2161 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
2162 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
2166 \begin_layout Standard
2167 For example, the sequence
2168 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2174 \begin_inset space ~
2178 \begin_inset space ~
2184 \begin_inset space ~
2192 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2196 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2200 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2205 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2211 \begin_inset space ~
2217 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2227 \begin_layout Standard
2232 manual lists all other things bound to the
2240 \begin_layout Standard
2241 You'll learn more and more
2243 and short-cut keys as you use LyX, because most actions will prompt a small
2244 message in the status bar at the bottom of LyX's main window which describe
2245 the name of the action, you've just triggered, and any existing
2248 The LyX menus also list the defined
2251 The notation for the
2253 is very similar to the notation used in this documentation, so you should
2254 not have any problems understanding it.
2255 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
2256 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2264 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2271 followed by a capital
2278 \begin_layout Standard
2279 You can list or change the
2283 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2288 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2291 as explained in sec.
2292 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2296 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2298 reference "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
2305 \begin_layout Chapter
2307 \begin_inset Index idx
2310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2319 \begin_layout Section
2321 \begin_inset Index idx
2324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2333 \begin_layout Subsection
2337 \begin_layout Standard
2338 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2339 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
2340 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2341 numbering schemes, and so on.
2342 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2343 and format the title of your document differently.
2346 \begin_layout Standard
2351 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2352 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
2353 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2354 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2355 So it is up to you to change the class of your document.
2358 \begin_layout Standard
2359 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2360 how to adjust their properties.
2363 \begin_layout Subsection
2365 \begin_inset Index idx
2368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2375 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2377 name "sec:Document-Classes"
2384 \begin_layout Standard
2385 You can select a class using the
2387 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2389 \begin_inset Index idx
2392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2401 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2405 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2409 \begin_layout Standard
2410 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
2414 \begin_layout Description
2415 Article for basic articles
2418 \begin_layout Description
2419 Report for basic reports
2422 \begin_layout Description
2423 Book for writing a book
2426 \begin_layout Description
2427 Letter for US-style letters
2430 \begin_layout Standard
2431 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2433 Here are some of the classes, the full list with detailed explanations
2434 can be found in chapter
2436 Special Document Classes
2445 \begin_layout Description
2446 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
2449 \begin_layout Description
2457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2467 For submissions to the journals published by the American Astronomical
2471 \begin_layout Description
2474 Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
2475 Mathematical Society (
2478 There are three article layouts available.
2479 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
2482 the section number to the number of the result.
2483 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2484 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2486 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2489 sequential numbering
2490 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2493 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2494 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2495 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2496 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2499 \begin_layout Description
2502 Layout for presentations
2505 \begin_layout Description
2508 Layout for writing plays.
2509 It is not an existing
2511 document class, but a new one which is distributed with LyX.
2514 \begin_layout Description
2516 \begin_inset space ~
2519 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
2522 \begin_layout Description
2525 Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
2528 \begin_layout Description
2538 , the journal of the German TeX user Group (Dante)
2541 \begin_layout Description
2544 Layout for journals of the
2549 \begin_layout Description
2550 Foils Used to make transparencies
2553 \begin_layout Description
2554 g-brief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
2557 \begin_layout Description
2560 Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
2561 It is not an existing
2563 document class, but a new one which is distributed with LyX.
2566 \begin_layout Description
2569 Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical and Electronic
2575 \begin_layout Description
2578 Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
2581 \begin_layout Description
2584 Layout for journals of the
2589 \begin_layout Description
2592 -script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
2593 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
2596 \begin_layout Description
2597 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
2600 \begin_layout Description
2610 \begin_layout Description
2613 Layout for presentations
2616 \begin_layout Description
2623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2630 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2633 ), American Institute of Physics (
2635 ), and Optical Society of America (
2638 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2641 \begin_layout Description
2642 Slides Used to make transparencies
2645 \begin_layout Description
2649 \begin_inset space ~
2652 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2653 for Optical Engineering (
2658 \begin_layout Description
2659 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2662 \begin_layout Description
2669 , the journal of the international TeX user Group (TUG)
2672 \begin_layout Standard
2673 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
2675 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in the
2680 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2681 of the document classes.
2684 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2686 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2693 \begin_inset Index idx
2696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2705 \begin_layout Standard
2706 Modules load additional features to a document that are not by default available
2707 in the chosen document class.
2708 For example you might want to use write Braille (embossed printing) in
2710 This is of course not available in any document class, so you have to load
2711 the corresponding module in the
2717 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2721 \begin_inset Index idx
2724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2731 Highlighting a module in the dialog will bring up a description of the
2735 \begin_layout Standard
2736 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2744 Some modules require
2746 packages that are not always installed by default.
2747 LyX will warn you if you do not have the needed package.
2755 \begin_layout Standard
2756 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2764 Some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules are incompatible.
2772 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2776 \begin_layout Standard
2777 Each class has a default set of options.
2778 Here's a quick table describing them:
2781 \begin_layout Standard
2782 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2788 \begin_layout Standard
2790 \begin_inset Tabular
2791 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
2792 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
2793 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2794 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2795 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2796 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2797 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2808 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2826 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2844 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2935 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2973 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3044 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3099 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3208 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3251 \begin_layout Standard
3252 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3258 \begin_layout Standard
3259 You're probably also wondering what
3260 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3264 \begin_inset space ~
3268 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3272 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
3273 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
3278 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
3283 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
3293 headings, there are also
3301 headings, and so on.
3302 We'll describe these headings fully in section
3303 \begin_inset space ~
3307 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3309 reference "sub:Headings"
3316 \begin_layout Subsection
3318 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3320 name "sub:Document-Layout"
3325 \begin_inset Index idx
3328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3337 \begin_inset Index idx
3340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3349 \begin_layout Standard
3350 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
3352 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3363 \begin_inset space ~
3368 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
3370 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
3371 to use for your document.
3372 To learn more about your favorite
3374 -class and its options, you have to read its manual.
3377 \begin_layout Standard
3384 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3390 \begin_inset space ~
3395 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
3396 You can choose between the following five options:
3399 \begin_layout Labeling
3400 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3405 Use default page style of current class.
3408 \begin_layout Labeling
3409 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3414 No page numbers or headings.
3417 \begin_layout Labeling
3418 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3426 \begin_layout Labeling
3427 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3432 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
3433 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
3434 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
3437 \begin_layout Labeling
3438 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3443 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
3449 \begin_inset Index idx
3452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3462 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
3463 To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
3466 \change_deleted 1 1241791541
3467 Check the documentation for the
3471 package for more details,
3472 \change_inserted 1 1241791541
3473 See the Additional Features manual for more information, or check the documentat
3481 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
3490 \begin_layout Standard
3495 of paragraphs is described in section
3496 \begin_inset space ~
3500 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3502 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3509 \begin_layout Subsection
3510 Paper Size and Orientation
3511 \begin_inset Index idx
3514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3515 Document ! Paper size
3521 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3523 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
3530 \begin_layout Standard
3531 You'll find the following options in the menu
3534 \begin_inset space ~
3539 of the dialog of the
3541 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3547 \begin_inset Index idx
3550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3559 \begin_layout Labeling
3560 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3564 \begin_inset space ~
3569 What size paper to print on.
3573 \begin_layout Itemize
3579 \begin_layout Itemize
3592 \begin_layout Itemize
3602 \begin_layout Itemize
3608 \begin_layout Itemize
3614 \begin_layout Itemize
3620 \begin_layout Itemize
3626 \begin_layout Labeling
3627 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3632 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
3643 \begin_layout Labeling
3644 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3648 \begin_inset space ~
3653 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
3654 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
3657 \begin_layout Subsection
3659 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3666 \begin_inset Index idx
3669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3676 \begin_inset Index idx
3679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3688 \begin_layout Standard
3689 Paper margins are set in the menu
3691 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3695 \begin_inset Index idx
3698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3707 \begin_layout Standard
3710 -script document class, you can use the default settings.
3713 -script calculates then the
3715 automatically by taking the paper format and the font size into account.
3718 \begin_layout Subsection
3722 \begin_layout Standard
3723 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3728 That includes the paragraph environments.
3729 Some paragraph environments are standard; all of the document classes have
3730 them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3731 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX sets the missing
3732 paragraph environments to
3736 and places an error box at the beginning of the paragraph.
3737 Just click on them and you'll get a message dialog that tells you about
3738 the conversion and why it failed.
3741 \begin_layout Section
3742 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3743 \begin_inset Index idx
3746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3747 Paragraph ! Indentation
3755 \begin_layout Subsection
3757 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3759 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3766 \begin_layout Standard
3767 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3768 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3771 \begin_layout Standard
3772 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3773 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3774 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3775 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3779 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3785 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3786 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3787 language than English.
3790 takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3793 \begin_layout Standard
3794 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3795 and text — in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are
3798 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3799 LyX takes care of that.
3802 -coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a range.
3803 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3804 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3805 of a page, and so on.
3809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3812 does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3819 -coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3820 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
3827 We'll explain more later.
3830 \begin_layout Subsection
3831 Paragraph Separation
3832 \begin_inset Index idx
3835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3836 Paragraph ! Separation
3844 \begin_layout Standard
3845 To separate paragraphs, select
3858 \begin_inset space ~
3865 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3869 \begin_inset Index idx
3872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3878 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
3879 The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
3880 you have to add this line to your document preamble:
3883 \begin_layout Standard
3897 \begin_layout Standard
3898 where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix
3899 \begin_inset space ~
3903 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3905 reference "cap:Units"
3910 The default length is
3913 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
3919 \begin_layout Subsection
3923 \begin_layout Standard
3924 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
3927 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3929 \begin_inset space ~
3934 dialog and toggle the
3937 \begin_inset space ~
3942 option to change the state of the current paragraph (shortcut
3945 arg "paragraph-params \\indent-toggle"
3949 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
3950 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
3954 \begin_layout Standard
3955 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
3956 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
3959 \begin_layout Subsection
3961 \begin_inset Index idx
3964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3965 Paragraph ! Line spacing
3973 \begin_layout Standard
3976 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3980 \begin_inset Index idx
3983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3992 dialog you can set the line spacing in the
3997 \begin_inset space ~
4006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4007 You need to have the
4014 \begin_inset Index idx
4017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4026 installed to use this feature.
4034 \begin_layout Section
4035 Paragraph Environments
4036 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4038 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
4043 \begin_inset Index idx
4046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4047 Paragraph ! Environments
4053 \begin_inset Index idx
4056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4057 Paragraph environments|(
4065 \begin_layout Subsection
4069 \begin_layout Standard
4070 Paragraph environments correspond to the
4073 \begin_layout Standard
4092 \begin_inset Newline newline
4100 , or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally alien to you, we
4101 urge you to read the
4110 also contains many more examples than this section does.
4113 \begin_layout Standard
4114 A paragraph environment is simply a
4115 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4119 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4122 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
4123 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
4124 scheme, labels, and so on.
4125 Additionally, you can
4126 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4130 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4133 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
4134 to inherit some of the properties of another.
4135 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
4136 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
4137 days of typewriters.
4138 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
4140 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
4143 \begin_layout Standard
4144 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box
4145 \begin_inset Graphics
4146 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
4152 at the left end of the toolbar.
4153 LyX will change the environment of the
4157 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
4158 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
4159 you select them before choosing the new environment.
4163 \begin_layout Standard
4172 create a new paragraph using the
4176 paragraph environment.
4178 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4182 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4185 because if you are in one of these environments:
4188 \begin_layout Itemize
4194 \begin_layout Itemize
4200 \begin_layout Itemize
4206 \begin_layout Itemize
4212 \begin_layout Itemize
4218 \begin_layout Itemize
4224 \begin_layout Itemize
4230 \begin_layout Standard
4231 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
4235 , rather than resetting it to
4240 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
4241 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
4242 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
4243 \begin_inset space ~
4247 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4249 reference "sec:Nesting"
4254 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
4259 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
4260 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
4264 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
4270 \begin_layout Subsection
4274 \begin_layout Standard
4275 The default paragraph environment is
4280 It creates a plain paragraph.
4281 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
4282 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
4283 this manual) are in the
4290 \begin_layout Standard
4291 You can nest a paragraph using the
4295 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
4303 \begin_layout Subsection
4305 \begin_inset Index idx
4308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4317 \begin_layout Standard
4320 title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the author(s)
4322 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4326 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4329 for thanks or contact information.
4330 For certain types of documents,
4332 places all of this on a separate page along with today's date.
4333 For other types of documents, the title
4334 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4338 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4341 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
4345 \begin_layout Standard
4346 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
4360 Here's how you use them:
4363 \begin_layout Itemize
4364 Put the title of your document in the
4371 \begin_layout Itemize
4372 Put the author name in the
4379 \begin_layout Itemize
4380 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
4381 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
4387 Note that using this environment is optional.
4388 If you don't provide any,
4390 will automatically insert today's date.
4391 If you don't want any date, add the line
4392 \begin_inset Newline newline
4402 \begin_inset Newline newline
4405 to the preamble of your document (menu
4407 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4413 \begin_layout Standard
4414 You can use footnotes to insert
4415 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4419 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4422 or contact information.
4425 \begin_layout Subsection
4427 \begin_inset Index idx
4430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4437 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4446 \begin_layout Standard
4447 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
4448 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
4451 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4453 \begin_inset Index idx
4456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4457 Section headings ! Numbered
4465 \begin_layout Standard
4466 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
4470 \begin_layout Enumerate
4476 \begin_layout Enumerate
4482 \begin_layout Enumerate
4488 \begin_layout Enumerate
4494 \begin_layout Enumerate
4500 \begin_layout Enumerate
4506 \begin_layout Enumerate
4512 \begin_layout Standard
4513 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
4514 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
4515 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
4518 \begin_layout Standard
4519 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
4520 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
4521 You group the book into chapters.
4522 LyX does similar grouping:
4525 \begin_layout Itemize
4530 is divided in either
4541 \begin_layout Itemize
4553 \begin_layout Itemize
4565 \begin_layout Itemize
4575 \begin_layout Itemize
4587 \begin_layout Itemize
4597 \begin_layout Standard
4598 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4606 Not all document types use the
4610 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
4615 is the top-level heading.
4623 \begin_layout Standard
4628 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
4629 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
4631 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
4633 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4637 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4643 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4645 \begin_inset Index idx
4648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4649 Section headings ! Unnumbered
4657 \begin_layout Standard
4658 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
4662 \begin_layout Enumerate
4668 \begin_layout Enumerate
4674 \begin_layout Enumerate
4680 \begin_layout Enumerate
4686 \begin_layout Enumerate
4693 \begin_layout Standard
4695 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4699 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4702 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
4703 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
4704 table of contents, see section
4705 \begin_inset space ~
4709 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4718 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4719 Changing the Numbering
4720 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4722 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4729 \begin_layout Standard
4730 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4731 in the Table of Contents.
4732 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4734 Certain classes start with
4748 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
4758 This is something you can change.
4761 \begin_layout Standard
4764 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4770 \begin_inset Index idx
4773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4784 \begin_inset space ~
4788 \begin_inset space ~
4794 you'll see two counters.
4799 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4801 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4805 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4806 Short Titles of Headings
4807 \begin_inset Index idx
4810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4811 Section headings ! Short titles
4820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4827 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4829 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4836 \begin_layout Standard
4837 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4838 This can cause trouble when there is limited horizontal space.
4839 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4840 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4843 \begin_layout Standard
4846 allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4847 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4848 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4849 To specify a short title, use the menu
4851 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4853 \begin_inset space ~
4859 This will insert a box labeled
4860 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4864 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4868 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4872 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4875 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4876 This also works for captions inside floats.
4879 \begin_layout Standard
4880 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4883 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4887 \begin_layout Standard
4888 The following information applies to all section headings:
4891 \begin_layout Itemize
4892 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4895 \begin_layout Itemize
4896 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4899 \begin_layout Itemize
4902 math in these environments.
4905 \begin_layout Itemize
4906 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4909 \begin_layout Subsection
4910 Quotes and Poetry line spacing
4913 \begin_layout Standard
4914 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
4928 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
4929 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
4930 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
4931 the text they contain.
4932 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
4940 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
4943 \begin_layout Standard
4944 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
4953 when you start a new paragraph.
4954 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
4958 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
4959 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
4960 to change back to the
4964 environment yourself.
4967 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4977 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4984 \begin_inset Index idx
4987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4996 \begin_layout Standard
4997 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
4998 time for the differences.
5007 are identical except for one difference:
5011 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
5020 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
5023 \begin_layout Standard
5024 Here's an example of the
5037 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
5039 See – no indentation!
5043 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
5044 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
5045 the other paragraph.
5048 \begin_layout Standard
5049 Here's another example, this time in the
5056 \begin_layout Quotation
5062 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
5063 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
5064 the first line, then
5068 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
5072 you were quoting other text.
5075 \begin_layout Quotation
5076 Here's a new paragraph.
5077 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
5078 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
5081 \begin_layout Standard
5082 As the examples show,
5086 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
5087 They should put quotes in the
5092 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
5096 paragraph environment for quoted text.
5099 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5105 \begin_inset Index idx
5108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5117 \begin_inset Index idx
5120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5127 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5136 \begin_layout Standard
5141 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
5147 \begin_inset Newline newline
5150 Which I did not rehearse!
5154 It could be much worse.
5155 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
5157 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
5158 indented a bit more than the first.
5159 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
5165 \begin_inset Newline newline
5168 And make things look fine
5169 \begin_inset Newline newline
5175 arg "newline-insert newline"
5181 \begin_layout Standard
5186 does not indent both margins.
5187 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
5188 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
5195 arg "newline-insert newline"
5201 \begin_layout Subsection
5203 \begin_inset Index idx
5206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5213 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5222 \begin_layout Standard
5223 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
5233 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
5242 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
5243 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
5244 some general features of all four of them.
5247 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5251 \begin_layout Standard
5252 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
5254 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
5263 reset the environment to
5267 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
5268 The nesting depth is hereby kept.
5269 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
5273 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
5276 to break paragraphs.
5279 \begin_layout Standard
5280 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
5281 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
5283 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
5284 you read all of section
5285 \begin_inset space ~
5289 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5291 reference "sec:Nesting"
5299 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5305 \begin_inset Index idx
5308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5315 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5324 \begin_layout Standard
5325 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
5329 paragraph environment.
5330 It has the following properties:
5333 \begin_layout Itemize
5334 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
5338 \begin_layout Itemize
5339 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
5342 \begin_layout Itemize
5343 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
5347 \begin_layout Itemize
5348 The items can have any length.
5349 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
5350 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
5357 \begin_layout Itemize
5362 environment inside another
5366 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
5370 \begin_layout Itemize
5371 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
5374 \begin_layout Itemize
5375 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
5378 \begin_layout Itemize
5380 \begin_inset space ~
5384 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5386 reference "sec:Nesting"
5390 for a full explanation of nesting.
5394 \begin_layout Standard
5395 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
5404 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
5407 \begin_layout Standard
5408 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
5409 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
5410 Note that those of you reading this manual within LyX won't see any difference.
5413 \begin_layout Itemize
5414 The label for the first level
5418 is a large black dot, or bullet.
5422 \begin_layout Itemize
5423 The label for the second level is a dash.
5427 \begin_layout Itemize
5428 The label for the third is an asterisk.
5432 \begin_layout Itemize
5433 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
5437 \begin_layout Itemize
5438 Back out to the third level.
5442 \begin_layout Itemize
5443 Back to the second level.
5447 \begin_layout Itemize
5448 Back to the outermost level.
5451 \begin_layout Standard
5452 These are the default labels for an
5457 You can customize these labels in the
5459 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5471 \begin_inset Index idx
5474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5483 \begin_layout Standard
5484 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
5485 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
5487 \begin_inset space ~
5491 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5493 reference "sec:Nesting"
5500 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5506 \begin_inset Index idx
5509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5516 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5518 name "sec:Enumerate"
5525 \begin_layout Standard
5530 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
5531 It has these properties:
5534 \begin_layout Enumerate
5535 Each item has a numeral as its label.
5539 \begin_layout Enumerate
5540 The label type depends on the nesting depth.
5544 \begin_layout Enumerate
5545 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
5548 \begin_layout Enumerate
5553 environment resets the counter to one.
5556 \begin_layout Enumerate
5569 \begin_layout Enumerate
5570 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
5571 Items can have any length.
5574 \begin_layout Enumerate
5575 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
5578 \begin_layout Enumerate
5579 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
5582 \begin_layout Enumerate
5583 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
5587 \begin_layout Standard
5596 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
5597 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
5604 \begin_layout Enumerate
5605 The first level of an
5609 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
5613 \begin_layout Enumerate
5614 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
5618 \begin_layout Enumerate
5619 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
5623 \begin_layout Enumerate
5624 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
5627 \begin_layout Enumerate
5628 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
5633 \begin_layout Enumerate
5634 Back to the third level
5638 \begin_layout Enumerate
5639 Back to the second level.
5643 \begin_layout Enumerate
5644 Back to the outermost level.
5647 \begin_layout Standard
5648 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
5653 It involves adding commands to the
5660 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
5664 \begin_layout Standard
5665 There is more to nesting
5669 environments than we've stated here.
5670 You should read section
5671 \begin_inset space ~
5675 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5677 reference "sec:Nesting"
5681 to learn more about nesting.
5684 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5690 \begin_inset Index idx
5693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5702 \begin_layout Standard
5703 Unlike the previous two environments, the
5707 list has no fixed label.
5708 Instead, LyX uses the first
5709 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5713 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5716 of the first line as the label.
5720 \begin_layout Description
5721 Example: This is an example of the
5728 \begin_layout Standard
5729 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
5733 \begin_layout Standard
5735 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5739 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5742 it is meant that the first hit of the
5746 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5748 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5756 arg "space-insert protected"
5761 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5762 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5764 \begin_inset space ~
5770 \begin_inset space ~
5774 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5776 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
5780 for more info.) Here is an example:
5783 \begin_layout Description
5785 \begin_inset space ~
5788 Example: This one shows how to use a
5791 \begin_inset space ~
5803 \begin_layout Description
5804 Usage: You should use the
5808 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5809 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5811 It's not a good idea to use a
5815 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5816 You're better off using
5828 paragraphs into them.
5831 \begin_layout Description
5832 Nesting: You can nest
5836 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5840 \begin_layout Standard
5841 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5842 them from the first line.
5845 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5851 \begin_inset Index idx
5854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5863 \begin_layout Standard
5868 environment is a LyX extension to
5873 \begin_layout Standard
5874 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5882 When you are using a
5884 -Script document class, like in this document, the
5888 environment is named
5900 \begin_layout Standard
5909 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
5910 There are the following properties of this list environment:
5913 \begin_layout Labeling
5914 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5916 \begin_inset space ~
5919 labels LyX uses the first
5920 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5924 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5927 of each line as the item label.
5932 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
5933 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
5934 blank as described above.
5937 \begin_layout Labeling
5938 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5939 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
5940 the body of the item text.
5941 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
5942 label width plus a little extra space.
5946 \begin_layout Labeling
5947 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5949 \begin_inset space ~
5952 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
5954 If the label width is larger, the label
5955 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5959 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5962 into the first line.
5963 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
5964 margin of the rest of the item text.
5967 \begin_layout Labeling
5968 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5970 \begin_inset space ~
5973 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
5978 environment have the same left margin.
5979 \begin_inset Newline newline
5982 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
5985 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5987 \begin_inset space ~
5996 \begin_inset space ~
6001 determines the default label width.
6002 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
6004 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6008 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6011 multiple times instead.
6012 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in
6016 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6020 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6023 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
6026 \begin_inset space ~
6031 every time you alter a label in a
6036 \begin_inset Newline newline
6039 The predefined default width is the length of
6040 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6050 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6055 \begin_inset Newline newline
6059 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6067 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
6068 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
6076 \begin_layout Standard
6081 environment the same way like the
6085 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
6091 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
6095 \begin_layout Standard
6100 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
6102 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
6104 \begin_inset space ~
6108 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6110 reference "sec:Nesting"
6114 to learn about nesting.
6117 \begin_layout Standard
6118 There is yet another feature of the
6122 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
6124 You can use additional
6128 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
6133 are documented in section
6134 \begin_inset space ~
6138 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6140 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
6145 Here are some examples:
6146 \begin_inset Newpage pagebreak
6152 \begin_layout Labeling
6153 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6154 Left The default for
6161 \begin_layout Labeling
6162 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6163 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6170 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
6173 \begin_layout Labeling
6174 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6175 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6179 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6186 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
6189 \begin_layout Subsection
6191 \begin_inset Index idx
6194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6203 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6211 \begin_inset space ~
6219 \begin_layout Standard
6220 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
6228 \begin_inset space ~
6234 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
6235 in a specific order, otherwise
6237 gags on the document.
6238 In contrast, you can use the
6245 \begin_inset space ~
6250 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
6251 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
6255 \begin_layout Standard
6256 Of course, you're not limited to using
6263 \begin_inset space ~
6272 \begin_inset space ~
6277 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
6278 some European academic papers.
6281 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6283 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6285 name "sec:Address-Usage"
6292 \begin_layout Standard
6297 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
6298 for the opening and signature in some countries.
6302 \begin_inset space ~
6307 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
6308 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
6309 Here's an example of each:
6312 \begin_layout Right Address
6314 \begin_inset Newline newline
6318 \begin_inset Newline newline
6322 \begin_inset Newline newline
6325 When is it? What is today?
6328 \begin_layout Standard
6332 \begin_inset space ~
6338 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
6339 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
6340 Here's an example of the
6347 \begin_layout Address
6349 \begin_inset Newline newline
6352 Where do I send this
6353 \begin_inset Newline newline
6356 Your post office and country
6359 \begin_layout Standard
6360 As you can see, both
6367 \begin_inset space ~
6372 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
6377 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
6383 This makes sense, since
6391 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
6392 Thus, you have to use
6399 arg "newline-insert newline"
6405 \begin_inset space ~
6408 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6410 \begin_inset space ~
6419 menu) to start a new line in an
6426 \begin_inset space ~
6434 \begin_layout Subsection
6438 \begin_layout Standard
6439 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
6440 or list of references.
6441 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
6444 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6448 \begin_inset Index idx
6451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6460 \begin_layout Standard
6465 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
6466 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6467 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
6468 Also, don't bother trying to nest
6472 in anything else or vice
6480 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
6481 The book document classes ignores the
6485 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
6489 in a letter document class.
6492 \begin_layout Standard
6497 environment does several things for you.
6498 First, it puts the centered label
6499 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6503 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6507 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
6509 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
6510 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
6511 the subsequent text.
6512 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
6513 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
6516 \begin_layout Standard
6517 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
6521 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6522 The new paragraph will still be in the
6527 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
6528 finish entering the abstract of your document.
6531 \begin_layout Standard
6532 \begin_inset Float figure
6537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6539 \begin_inset Graphics
6540 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
6547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6548 \begin_inset Caption
6550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6551 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6553 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6574 \begin_layout Standard
6575 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
6579 environment, but since this document is in the
6580 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6584 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6587 class, we can't do this.
6588 We inserted it therefore as figure
6589 \begin_inset space ~
6593 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6595 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6600 If you've never heard of an
6601 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6605 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6608 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
6611 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6617 \begin_inset Index idx
6620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6627 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6629 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
6636 \begin_layout Standard
6641 environment is used to list references.
6642 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6643 only use it at the end of the document.
6648 in anything else or vice
6653 \begin_layout Standard
6654 When you first open a
6658 environment, LyX adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading
6659 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6663 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6667 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6671 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6674 depending on the document class.
6675 The heading is in a large boldface font.
6676 Each paragraph of the
6680 environment is a bibliography entry.
6685 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6686 Each new paragraph is still in the
6693 \begin_layout Standard
6694 There is another, usually better way to include references in your document
6698 For more information on that, and for a a detailed description of LyX's
6699 bibliography handling, have a look at in section
6700 \begin_inset space ~
6704 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6706 reference "sec:Bibliography"
6713 \begin_layout Subsection
6717 \begin_inset Index idx
6720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6721 Paragraph ! LyX code
6727 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6736 \begin_layout Standard
6741 environment is another LyX extension.
6742 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
6753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6765 \begin_inset space ~
6770 instead of an end-of-word marker.
6775 this is the only case in which you can type multiple
6778 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
6781 arg "newline-insert newline"
6798 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6799 So, when you finish using the
6803 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
6804 Also, you can nest the
6808 environment inside of others.
6811 \begin_layout Standard
6812 There are a few quirks with this environment:
6815 \begin_layout Itemize
6819 arg "newline-insert newline"
6822 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.
6823 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
6827 \begin_inset space \space{}
6837 arg "newline-insert newline"
6843 \begin_layout Itemize
6847 arg "newline-insert newline"
6858 \begin_layout Itemize
6863 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
6870 \begin_layout Itemize
6874 arg "space-insert protected"
6881 \begin_layout Itemize
6882 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
6883 You must put at least one
6887 in any line you want blank.
6893 \begin_layout Itemize
6894 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
6898 since that will insert
6903 You get the typewriter double quotes with
6906 arg "self-insert \""
6912 \begin_layout Standard
6916 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6920 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6924 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6928 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6932 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6940 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6944 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6948 \begin_layout Standard
6949 This is just the standard
6950 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6954 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6961 \begin_layout Standard
6966 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
6970 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
6971 as if you used a typewriter.
6972 \begin_inset Index idx
6975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6976 Paragraph environments|)
6984 \begin_layout Section
6985 Nesting Environments
6986 \begin_inset Index idx
6989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6990 Nesting ! Environments
6996 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7005 \begin_layout Subsection
7009 \begin_layout Standard
7010 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
7012 This allows you to create blocks that inherit some of the properties of
7014 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
7018 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
7020 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7024 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7030 \begin_layout Enumerate
7034 \begin_layout Enumerate
7039 \begin_layout Enumerate
7045 \begin_layout Enumerate
7052 \begin_layout Enumerate
7056 \begin_layout Standard
7057 You put a list inside a list by nesting one list inside the other.
7058 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
7061 \begin_inset space ~
7065 \begin_inset space ~
7073 \begin_inset space ~
7077 \begin_inset space ~
7086 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
7087 will tell you how far you are nested).
7088 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
7089 \begin_inset Graphics
7090 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
7095 \begin_inset Graphics
7096 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
7100 or the convenient key bindings
7111 arg "depth-increment"
7117 arg "depth-decrement"
7120 to change the nesting level.
7121 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
7122 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
7126 \begin_layout Standard
7127 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
7128 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
7129 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
7130 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
7133 \begin_layout Standard
7134 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
7135 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
7137 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
7140 \begin_layout Subsection
7141 What You Can and Can't Nest
7144 \begin_layout Standard
7145 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
7146 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
7149 \begin_layout Standard
7150 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
7151 complicated than a simple yes or no.
7152 There are three types of paragraph environments:
7155 \begin_layout Itemize
7160 \begin_layout Itemize
7161 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside things and you can also nest other
7165 \begin_layout Itemize
7166 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
7170 \begin_layout Standard
7171 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
7172 environments have them:
7175 \begin_layout Description
7179 Can't nest into them.
7183 \begin_layout Itemize
7189 \begin_layout Itemize
7195 \begin_layout Itemize
7201 \begin_layout Itemize
7207 \begin_layout Itemize
7214 \begin_layout Description
7216 \begin_inset space ~
7219 Nestable You can nest them.
7220 You can nest other things into them.
7224 \begin_layout Itemize
7230 \begin_layout Itemize
7236 \begin_layout Itemize
7242 \begin_layout Itemize
7248 \begin_layout Itemize
7254 \begin_layout Itemize
7260 \begin_layout Itemize
7266 \begin_layout Itemize
7273 \begin_layout Description
7274 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside other things.
7275 You can't nest anything into them.
7279 \begin_layout Itemize
7285 \begin_layout Itemize
7291 \begin_layout Itemize
7297 \begin_layout Itemize
7303 \begin_layout Itemize
7309 \begin_layout Itemize
7315 \begin_layout Itemize
7321 \begin_layout Itemize
7327 \begin_layout Itemize
7333 \begin_layout Itemize
7339 \begin_layout Itemize
7345 \begin_layout Itemize
7351 \begin_layout Itemize
7358 \begin_layout Itemize
7362 \begin_inset space ~
7368 \begin_layout Itemize
7375 \begin_layout Standard
7376 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7384 Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
7393 \begin_inset space ~
7397 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
7401 \begin_inset space \space{}
7404 lists, it is highly recommended not to do this because the aim is to create
7405 well structured documents following typesetting guidelines whereas nested
7406 section headings violate this.
7414 \begin_layout Subsection
7415 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
7416 \begin_inset Index idx
7419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7420 Nesting ! Tables etc.
7428 \begin_layout Standard
7429 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
7430 affected by nesting anyhow.
7434 \begin_layout Itemize
7438 \begin_layout Itemize
7442 \begin_layout Itemize
7446 \begin_layout Standard
7448 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7456 Figures and tables in
7460 are not affected by this.
7465 Have a look at section
7466 \begin_inset space ~
7470 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7472 reference "sec:Floats"
7476 for more information about
7483 \begin_layout Standard
7484 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
7485 If a figure, table, or an equation is
7487 , it goes wherever the paragraph it is in goes.
7490 \begin_layout Standard
7491 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
7492 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7496 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7499 of its own, it behaves just like a
7500 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7504 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7507 paragraph environment.
7508 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
7512 \begin_layout Standard
7513 Here's an example with a table:
7516 \begin_layout Enumerate
7521 \begin_layout Enumerate
7522 This is (a) and it's nested.
7526 \begin_layout Standard
7527 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7533 \begin_layout Standard
7535 \begin_inset Tabular
7536 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7537 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7538 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7539 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7541 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7559 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7623 \begin_layout Standard
7624 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7631 \begin_layout Enumerate
7633 The table is actually nested inside (a).
7637 \begin_layout Enumerate
7641 \begin_layout Standard
7642 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
7645 \begin_layout Enumerate
7650 \begin_layout Enumerate
7651 This is (a) and it's nested.
7655 \begin_layout Standard
7656 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7662 \begin_layout Standard
7664 \begin_inset Tabular
7665 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7666 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7667 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7668 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7752 \begin_layout Standard
7753 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7759 \begin_layout Enumerate
7766 In fact, it's not nested at all.
7769 \begin_layout Enumerate
7773 \begin_layout Standard
7774 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
7778 \begin_layout Standard
7779 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
7781 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new
7786 \begin_layout Enumerate
7791 \begin_layout Enumerate
7792 This is (a) and it's nested.
7795 \begin_layout Standard
7796 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7802 \begin_layout Standard
7804 \begin_inset Tabular
7805 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7806 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7807 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7808 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7848 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7892 \begin_layout Standard
7893 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7899 \begin_layout Enumerate
7901 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
7909 \begin_layout Enumerate
7913 \begin_layout Standard
7914 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
7920 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
7921 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
7925 \begin_layout Subsection
7926 Usage and General Features
7929 \begin_layout Standard
7930 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
7932 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7936 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7939 is the innermost possible depth.
7940 Here's an example to illustrate what we mean:
7943 \begin_layout Enumerate
7944 level #1 - outermost
7948 \begin_layout Enumerate
7953 \begin_layout Enumerate
7958 \begin_layout Enumerate
7963 \begin_layout Itemize
7968 \begin_layout Itemize
7977 \begin_layout Standard
7978 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
7979 both of them in the example.
7980 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
7990 For example, if we tried to nest another
7995 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7999 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8002 , we would get errors.
8005 \begin_layout Subsection
8007 \begin_inset Index idx
8010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8019 \begin_layout Standard
8020 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
8021 We have several examples of nested environments.
8022 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
8026 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8027 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
8030 \begin_layout Labeling
8031 \labelwidthstring MMM
8032 #1-a This is the outermost level.
8041 \begin_layout Labeling
8042 \labelwidthstring MMM
8043 #2-a This is level #2.
8044 We created it by using
8047 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8053 arg "depth-increment"
8060 \begin_layout Labeling
8061 \labelwidthstring MMM
8062 #3-a This is level #3.
8063 This time, we just hit
8070 arg "depth-increment"
8074 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
8078 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8084 arg "depth-increment"
8091 \begin_layout Standard
8096 environment, nested inside of
8097 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8101 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8105 So, it's at level #4.
8106 We did this by hitting
8109 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8115 arg "depth-increment"
8118 , then changing the paragraph environment to
8123 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph - it also works
8139 \begin_layout Standard
8144 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
8147 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8153 \begin_layout Labeling
8154 \labelwidthstring MMM
8155 #4-a This is level #4.
8159 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8162 and changed the paragraph environment back to
8167 Remember - we can't nest anything inside a
8171 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
8176 keep nesting things inside
8177 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8181 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8188 \begin_layout Labeling
8189 \labelwidthstring MMM
8190 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
8195 \begin_layout Labeling
8196 \labelwidthstring MMM
8197 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
8198 and this is level #6.
8199 By now, you should know how we made these two.
8203 \begin_layout Labeling
8204 \labelwidthstring MMM
8205 #5-b Back to level #5.
8209 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8215 arg "depth-decrement"
8222 \begin_layout Labeling
8223 \labelwidthstring MMM
8227 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8233 arg "depth-decrement"
8236 , we're back at level #4.
8240 \begin_layout Labeling
8241 \labelwidthstring MMM
8242 #3-b Back to level #3.
8243 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
8247 \begin_layout Labeling
8248 \labelwidthstring MMM
8249 #2-b Back to level #2.
8254 \begin_layout Labeling
8255 \labelwidthstring MMM
8256 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
8257 After this sentence, we'll hit
8261 and change the paragraph environment back to
8268 \begin_layout Standard
8269 We could have also used the
8285 environment in place of the
8290 The example would have worked exactly the same.
8293 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8294 Example 2: Inheritance
8297 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8298 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
8301 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8310 arg "depth-increment"
8313 , after which, we'll change to the
8321 \begin_layout Enumerate
8326 environment, at level #2.
8329 \begin_layout Enumerate
8330 Notice how the nested
8334 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
8338 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
8342 \begin_layout Standard
8343 We ended this example by hitting
8348 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
8352 and reset the nesting depth by using
8355 arg "depth-decrement"
8361 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8362 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
8374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8375 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
8383 \begin_layout Enumerate
8384 This is level #1, in an
8388 paragraph environment.
8389 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
8393 \begin_layout Enumerate
8398 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8404 arg "depth-increment"
8408 Now, what happens if we nest an
8412 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
8413 label be? An asterisk?
8417 \begin_layout Itemize
8427 environment, even though it's at level #3.
8428 So, its label is a bullet.
8429 (We got here by using
8432 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8438 arg "depth-increment"
8441 , then changing the environment to
8449 \begin_layout Itemize
8450 Here's level #4, produced using
8453 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8459 arg "depth-increment"
8463 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
8468 \begin_layout Enumerate
8469 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
8471 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
8476 Notice the type of numbering, it is
8480 , because we are in the
8489 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8508 \begin_layout Enumerate
8513 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
8514 type of numbering does LyX use?
8517 \begin_layout Enumerate
8518 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
8521 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8524 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
8527 \begin_layout Enumerate
8531 arg "depth-decrement"
8534 to decrease the depth after the next
8537 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8544 \begin_layout Enumerate
8546 Look what type of label LyX is using!
8550 \begin_layout Enumerate
8552 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
8553 numeral as the label.Why?
8556 \begin_layout Enumerate
8557 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
8568 Notice, however, that LyX
8572 reset the counter for the label.
8576 \begin_layout Enumerate
8580 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8586 arg "depth-decrement"
8589 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
8590 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
8591 into the twofold-nested
8599 \begin_layout Enumerate
8600 The same thing happens if we do another
8603 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8609 arg "depth-decrement"
8612 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
8615 \begin_layout Standard
8616 Lastly, we reset the environment to
8621 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
8635 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
8641 The same rule applies for the
8645 environment, as well.
8648 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8649 Example 4: Going Bonkers
8652 \begin_layout Enumerate
8653 We're going to go totally nuts now.
8654 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
8655 same detail with how we did it.
8664 \begin_layout Standard
8672 arg "depth-increment"
8679 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
8680 example in parentheses someplace.
8681 For example, the two
8683 are how we changed the depth.
8684 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
8685 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
8689 \begin_layout Enumerate
8694 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
8699 Now we'll add verse.
8700 \begin_inset Newline newline
8703 It will get much worse.
8704 \begin_inset Newline newline
8714 arg "depth-increment"
8730 \begin_inset Newline newline
8738 \begin_inset Newline newline
8744 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8757 \begin_layout Standard
8758 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8764 \begin_layout Standard
8766 \begin_inset Tabular
8767 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8768 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8769 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8770 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
8775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
8813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8859 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8869 arg "depth-increment"
8875 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8885 arg "depth-decrement"
8892 \begin_layout Enumerate
8897 : level #1) This is another item.
8898 Note that selecting a
8902 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
8903 3 times to put the table inside the
8911 \begin_layout Quotation
8912 We're now ending the
8916 list and changing to
8921 We're still at level #1.
8922 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
8923 The next set of paragraphs is a
8924 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8928 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8938 \begin_inset space ~
8943 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
8947 for the letter body.
8951 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8954 to preserve the depth.
8955 Remember that you need to use
8958 arg "newline-insert newline"
8961 to create multiple lines inside the
8968 \begin_inset space ~
8978 \begin_layout Right Address
8982 \begin_inset Newline newline
8990 \begin_inset Newline newline
8997 \begin_layout Address
8999 \begin_inset space ~
9007 \begin_layout Quotation
9008 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for
9011 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9014 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
9015 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
9016 a backlog in our orders for methane.
9017 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
9018 as soon as possible.
9019 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
9022 \begin_layout Quotation
9023 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
9024 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
9025 with your order, along with payment.
9028 \begin_layout Quotation
9029 We thank you again for your patience.
9032 \begin_layout Address
9034 \begin_inset Newline newline
9041 \begin_layout Quotation
9042 That ends that example!
9045 \begin_layout Standard
9046 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
9047 just a few keystrokes.
9048 We could have easily nested an
9069 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
9072 \begin_layout Section
9073 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
9074 \begin_inset Index idx
9077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9086 \begin_layout Standard
9087 What is a space? While you might be used to pressing the space key anytime
9088 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
9089 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
9090 be broken at the end of a line.
9091 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
9095 \begin_layout Subsection
9097 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9099 name "sub:Protected-Space"
9104 \begin_inset Index idx
9107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9116 \begin_layout Standard
9117 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and
9119 ) not to break the line at that point.
9120 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky
9126 Further documentation is given in section
9127 \begin_inset Newline newline
9131 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9133 reference "sec:Bibliography"
9141 \begin_layout Standard
9142 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
9143 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9147 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9151 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9155 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9157 reference "sec:Bibliography"
9162 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9166 A protected space is set with
9168 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9169 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9173 \begin_inset space ~
9183 arg "space-insert protected"
9189 \begin_layout Subsection
9191 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9193 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
9198 \begin_inset Index idx
9201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9202 Spacing ! Horizontal
9210 \begin_layout Standard
9211 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
9213 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9214 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9218 The length units are listed in Appendix
9219 \begin_inset space ~
9223 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9225 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
9232 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9234 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9236 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
9241 \begin_inset Index idx
9244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9253 \begin_layout Standard
9255 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9259 \begin_inset space \space{}
9262 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
9263 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
9264 \begin_inset space ~
9268 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9270 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
9275 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
9276 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
9279 arg "space-insert normal"
9285 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9287 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9289 name "sub:Thin-Space"
9294 \begin_inset Index idx
9297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9306 \begin_layout Standard
9308 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9312 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9315 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
9316 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9320 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9324 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
9325 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
9326 inside abbreviations:
9331 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9335 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program.
9338 \begin_layout Standard
9339 or between values and units.
9340 Compare for example this:
9341 \begin_inset Newline newline
9347 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9351 \begin_inset Newline newline
9359 \begin_layout Standard
9360 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
9362 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9363 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9365 \begin_inset space ~
9373 arg "space-insert thin"
9379 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9381 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9383 name "sub:More-Spaces"
9390 \begin_layout Standard
9391 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
9394 \begin_layout Description
9396 \begin_inset space ~
9400 \begin_inset space ~
9404 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9408 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
9412 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9415 Negative thin space between the arrows.
9418 \begin_layout Description
9422 \begin_inset space ~
9426 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9430 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9434 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
9438 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9444 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9447 em) space between the arrows.
9450 \begin_layout Description
9452 \begin_inset space ~
9456 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9460 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9464 \begin_inset space \quad{}
9468 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9472 \begin_inset space ~
9476 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9479 em) space between the arrows.
9482 \begin_layout Description
9486 \begin_inset space ~
9490 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9494 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9498 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
9502 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9508 \begin_inset space ~
9512 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9515 em) space between the arrows.
9518 \begin_layout Description
9520 \begin_inset space ~
9524 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9528 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
9533 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9537 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9540 cm space between the arrows.
9543 \begin_layout Standard
9545 \begin_inset space ~
9549 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9551 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
9555 lists the different space sizes.
9558 \begin_layout Standard
9559 \begin_inset Float table
9564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9566 \begin_inset Caption
9568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9569 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9571 name "tab:Width-of-the"
9575 Width of the different horizontal spaces.
9583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9585 \begin_inset Tabular
9586 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
9587 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
9588 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9589 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9602 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9629 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9653 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9663 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9677 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9701 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9718 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9731 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9746 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9754 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9759 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9769 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9776 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9784 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9789 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9810 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9816 \begin_inset Index idx
9819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9828 \begin_layout Standard
9831 ) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space in a uniform fashion.
9834 is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals the remaining
9835 space between the left and right margins.
9836 If there is more than one
9838 on a line, they divide the available space equally between themselves.
9842 \begin_layout Standard
9843 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
9848 This is on the left side
9849 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9852 This is on the right
9858 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9862 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9871 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9875 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9879 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9885 \begin_layout Standard
9886 That was an example in the
9892 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9896 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9900 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9903 is one in a standard paragraph.
9904 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
9908 sitting in-between the two arrows.
9911 \begin_layout Standard
9914 can be made visible when you choose one of the
9917 \begin_inset space ~
9922 in the space dialog: The following patterns are available:
9925 \begin_layout Standard
9927 \begin_inset space \dotfill{}
9931 \begin_inset space ~
9937 \begin_layout Standard
9939 \begin_inset space \hrulefill{}
9943 \begin_inset space ~
9949 \begin_layout Standard
9951 \begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{}
9955 \begin_inset space ~
9961 \begin_layout Standard
9963 \begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{}
9967 \begin_inset space ~
9973 \begin_layout Standard
9975 \begin_inset space \downbracefill{}
9979 \begin_inset space ~
9985 \begin_layout Standard
9987 \begin_inset space \upbracefill{}
9991 \begin_inset space ~
9997 \begin_layout Standard
9998 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10008 is at the beginning of a line, and
10012 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
10015 from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
10016 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
10020 option in the space dialog.
10028 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10030 \begin_inset Index idx
10033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10042 \begin_layout Standard
10043 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
10045 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10049 \begin_inset space \space{}
10052 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
10055 \begin_layout Standard
10056 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
10059 What is correct English?:
10060 \begin_inset Newline newline
10064 \begin_inset Newline newline
10068 \begin_inset space ~
10071 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
10072 \begin_inset Newline newline
10079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10090 \begin_inset Newline newline
10097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10108 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
10114 \begin_layout Standard
10115 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
10116 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10120 \begin_inset space ~
10124 \begin_inset space ~
10128 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10132 To get this, you can use the
10144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10146 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10150 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10152 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
10156 for more information about TeX-Code.
10162 In our case write the command
10169 (note the space after
10170 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10174 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10177 ) at the beginning of the last two lines.
10178 The command prints out the phrase within the the two braces, but invisible.
10179 That is why it is named
10180 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10184 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10192 There exists also the commands
10204 , but this too special for the LyX User Guide.
10205 If you are interested in knowing more about this, have a look at
10206 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
10208 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
10220 \begin_layout Subsection
10222 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10224 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
10229 \begin_inset Index idx
10232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10241 \begin_layout Standard
10242 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
10244 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10245 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10247 \begin_inset space ~
10253 There you find the following sizes:
10256 \begin_layout Standard
10271 sizes which depend on the font size of the document.
10276 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
10278 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10282 \begin_inset Index idx
10285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10286 Document ! Settings
10291 for the paragraph separation.
10292 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
10303 \begin_layout Standard
10309 \begin_inset Index idx
10312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10318 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
10319 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a
10322 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
10323 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
10332 : they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
10336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10341 are described in section
10342 \begin_inset space ~
10346 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10348 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
10357 If there are several
10361 on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
10362 You can therefore use
10366 to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
10369 \begin_layout Standard
10374 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
10375 \begin_inset space ~
10379 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10381 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
10388 \begin_layout Standard
10389 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10399 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
10400 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
10412 \begin_layout Subsection
10413 Paragraph Alignment
10416 \begin_layout Standard
10417 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
10419 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10423 There are four possibilities:
10426 \begin_layout Itemize
10434 arg "paragraph-params \\align block"
10440 \begin_layout Itemize
10448 arg "paragraph-params \\align left"
10454 \begin_layout Itemize
10462 arg "paragraph-params \\align right"
10468 \begin_layout Itemize
10476 arg "paragraph-params \\align center"
10482 \begin_layout Itemize
10490 arg "paragraph-params \\align default"
10496 \begin_layout Standard
10497 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
10498 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
10499 the left and right margins.
10500 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
10503 \begin_layout Standard
10505 This paragraph is right aligned,
10508 \begin_layout Standard
10510 this one is centered,
10513 \begin_layout Standard
10515 this one is left aligned.
10518 \begin_layout Subsection
10520 \begin_inset Index idx
10523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10524 Page breaks ! Forced
10530 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10532 name "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
10539 \begin_layout Standard
10540 If you don't like the way
10544 in your document, you can force a page break where you want one.
10545 Normally this will not be necessary, because
10547 is good at page breaking.
10548 Only if you use a lot of
10554 page breaking algorithm can fail.
10557 \begin_layout Standard
10558 We recommend not to use forced
10560 until the text is finished and until you have checked in the preview to
10565 have to change the page breaking.
10568 \begin_layout Standard
10569 There are two types of
10571 : One that ends the page without any special action.
10572 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
10574 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10575 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10577 \begin_inset space ~
10583 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
10585 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10586 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10588 \begin_inset space ~
10593 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
10595 This type is useful to avoid
10597 when a page break produces a page on which only the last few lines are
10601 \begin_layout Standard
10602 You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears
10603 at the top of a page.
10604 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
10605 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
10606 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
10607 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
10609 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10611 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
10615 to learn more about
10622 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10624 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10626 name "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
10631 \begin_inset Index idx
10634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10635 Page breaks ! Clear
10643 \begin_layout Standard
10646 where the content behind the break is placed directly on the next page,
10647 you can also clear pages while breaking them.
10648 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and everything, including
10649 unprocessed floats, from the earlier part of the document are placed behind
10650 it, if necessary by adding pages.
10653 \begin_layout Standard
10654 You can insert a clear page break with the menu
10656 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10657 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10659 \begin_inset space ~
10665 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
10667 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10668 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10670 \begin_inset space ~
10674 \begin_inset space ~
10679 to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand
10680 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
10683 \begin_layout Subsection
10685 \begin_inset Index idx
10688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10695 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10697 name "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
10704 \begin_layout Standard
10705 Similar to page breaks there are two types of line breaks: One that simply
10707 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
10709 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10710 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10712 \begin_inset space ~
10716 \begin_inset space ~
10724 arg "newline-insert newline"
10728 Another type that is inserted via the menu
10730 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10731 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10733 \begin_inset space ~
10737 \begin_inset space ~
10742 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
10744 This is necessary to avoid
10745 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10749 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10752 in justified paragraphs due to
10754 introduced by line breaks.
10757 \begin_layout Standard
10758 You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct
10762 is very good at line breaking.
10763 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
10764 set a line break, e.
10765 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10769 \begin_inset space \space{}
10772 in a poem or for an address (see sections
10773 \begin_inset space ~
10777 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10779 reference "sec:Quote"
10784 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10786 reference "sec:Verse"
10791 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10793 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
10800 \begin_layout Subsection
10802 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10804 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
10809 \begin_inset Index idx
10812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10821 \begin_layout Standard
10826 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10827 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10829 \begin_inset space ~
10834 you can insert horizontal lines that span the whole width of the document
10840 \begin_layout Section
10841 Characters and Symbols
10844 \begin_layout Standard
10845 You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
10846 You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
10847 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10851 \begin_inset space \space{}
10854 characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
10856 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10860 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10862 reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
10866 for information on how this is done.
10869 \begin_layout Standard
10870 For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
10875 dialog via the menu
10877 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10878 Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10884 \begin_layout Standard
10885 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10893 Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
10894 when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
10895 But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
10903 \begin_layout Section
10904 Fonts and Text Styles
10905 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10907 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
10914 \begin_layout Subsection
10916 \begin_inset Index idx
10919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10928 \begin_layout Standard
10929 There are two types of fonts:
10932 \begin_layout Description
10934 \begin_inset space ~
10938 \begin_inset Index idx
10941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10947 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (i.
10948 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10952 characters) in the font.
10953 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
10954 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
10955 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font
10957 and the curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
10958 This means that outline fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
10959 Only at very small sizes where each pixel has to be very carefully computed
10960 to provide a good image, it might be hard to provide a good rendering.
10961 \begin_inset Newline newline
10964 That could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
10965 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
10966 That improves the appearance because you need more details at large font
10967 sizes than at small ones.
10968 \begin_inset Newline newline
10982 \begin_inset space ~
10990 \begin_layout Description
10992 \begin_inset space ~
10996 \begin_inset Index idx
10999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11005 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
11006 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
11007 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
11008 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
11009 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
11010 picture manipulation program.
11011 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
11012 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to
11014 pixels or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
11015 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
11016 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
11018 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exist as fixed versions have
11019 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
11020 \begin_inset Newline newline
11023 Bitmap fonts are named
11026 \begin_inset space ~
11038 \begin_layout Standard
11039 The result of all this, is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they
11040 are designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
11041 So one need fewer font size definitions for scalable fonts.
11042 That's the reason why nearly all text rendering and typesetting programs
11043 use scalable fonts.
11046 \begin_layout Standard
11047 To test which fonts are used in a
11049 -document, you can have a look into its document properties.
11052 \begin_layout Standard
11053 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
11054 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
11055 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
11056 font to emphasize text, you use an
11057 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11061 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11065 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
11066 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
11070 \begin_layout Subsection
11071 Document Font and Font size
11072 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11074 name "sub:Document-Font"
11079 \begin_inset Index idx
11082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11089 \begin_inset Index idx
11092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11101 \begin_layout Standard
11102 You can set the document fonts in the
11104 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11108 \begin_inset Index idx
11111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11112 Document ! Settings
11118 There you can specify which font should be used for the three different
11119 font shapes roman (serif),
11122 \begin_inset space ~
11136 \begin_layout Standard
11137 The possible options for the font include
11141 and a list of fonts available on your system.
11146 uses the standard TeX fonts, known as
11147 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11155 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11163 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11168 European Computer Modern
11171 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11181 \begin_layout Standard
11190 are bitmap fonts, they often looks
11194 output, especially when you read the
11200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11201 This problem doesn't appear if you read
11206 \begin_inset space ~
11211 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
11221 fonts, you have to use a vector font.
11222 There are three ways to use one:
11225 \begin_layout Itemize
11226 One way is to use the
11236 Virtual means that it
11237 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11241 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11248 -glyphs from other fonts.
11249 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
11253 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11257 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11261 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11265 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11280 \begin_inset Index idx
11283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11292 with the document preamble line
11293 \begin_inset Newline newline
11307 \begin_inset Newline newline
11319 and that accented characters are not
11323 glyph, they are build of
11327 characters, the accent and the letter.
11328 Therefore you can't search in documents using the
11332 fonts for words with accented characters.
11333 If you search for example for the French word
11334 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11340 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11345 , you won't get any result, because the
11347 -viewer searches for the glyph
11348 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11352 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11355 and not for the glyph
11356 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11360 \begin_inset space ~
11364 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11370 \begin_layout Itemize
11371 Another possibility is to use three different outline fonts
11375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11384 , consist of these three main font types
11387 \begin_inset space ~
11420 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11424 \begin_inset space ~
11431 as typewriter font.
11432 \begin_inset Newline newline
11435 The differences between roman,
11438 \begin_inset space ~
11447 fonts are explained in section
11448 \begin_inset space ~
11452 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11454 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11459 \begin_inset Newline newline
11466 was originally designed for newspapers.
11467 That means its glyphs are smaller than the ones from other fonts to fit
11468 into the small newspaper columns.
11473 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
11476 \begin_layout Itemize
11477 The best solution is to use the
11486 These fonts were developed for the
11488 community to replace
11492 as the default font.
11493 In most cases they look the same as
11501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11502 One difference is improved kerning for the
11515 covers a vast number of characters over the other two families
11526 \begin_layout Standard
11527 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
11530 For the font size there are four possible values:
11550 -system, normally it is equal to the font size
11555 \begin_layout Standard
11556 The font sizes are the
11561 That means that LyX scales all other possible font sizes (such as those
11562 used in footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
11563 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
11566 \begin_inset space ~
11572 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
11573 \begin_inset space ~
11577 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11579 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11586 \begin_layout Standard
11591 allows users of the languages Chinese, Japanese, Korean (
11593 ) to specify a font to display the script characters.
11597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11598 The font will be the argument for the commands of the
11605 So this has no effect for the document language
11621 \begin_layout Standard
11622 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
11626 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11634 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
11638 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
11639 this is part of the
11642 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
11644 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11647 dialog, see section
11648 \begin_inset space ~
11652 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11654 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
11666 \begin_layout Subsection
11667 Using Different Character Styles
11668 \begin_inset Index idx
11671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11678 \begin_inset Index idx
11681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11690 \begin_layout Standard
11691 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
11692 certain paragraph environments.
11693 LyX supports two character styles,
11702 You can activate both of these styles via
11704 , the menus, and the toolbar.
11707 \begin_layout Standard
11712 style, do one of the following:
11715 \begin_layout Itemize
11716 click on the toolbar button
11717 \begin_inset Graphics
11718 filename ../images/font-noun.png
11725 \begin_layout Itemize
11726 use the key binding
11735 \begin_layout Standard
11736 These commands are all toggles.
11741 style is already active, they deactivate it.
11744 \begin_layout Standard
11745 One typically uses the
11749 style for proper names.
11751 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11759 is the original author of LyX.
11760 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11766 \begin_layout Standard
11767 A more widely used character style is the
11772 You can activate (or deactivate - it's also a toggle) the
11779 \begin_layout Itemize
11780 clicking on the toolbar button
11781 \begin_inset Graphics
11782 filename ../images/font-emph.png
11789 \begin_layout Itemize
11801 \begin_layout Standard
11806 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or
11808 -packages use a different font.
11811 \begin_layout Standard
11812 We've been using the
11816 style all over the place in this document.
11817 Here's one more example:
11820 \begin_layout Quotation
11823 Don't overuse character styles!
11826 \begin_layout Standard
11827 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
11830 writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
11831 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
11832 the common tendency to overuse character style.
11836 \begin_layout Standard
11837 You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
11845 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11847 \begin_inset space ~
11855 \begin_layout Subsection
11856 Fine-Tuning with the
11861 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11863 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11868 \begin_inset Index idx
11871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11880 \begin_layout Standard
11881 There are always occasions when you will need to do some fine-tuning, so
11882 LyX gives you a way to create a custom character style.
11883 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
11884 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
11885 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
11886 from ordinary dialog.
11889 \begin_layout Standard
11890 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
11891 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
11892 \begin_inset Newline newline
11895 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
11896 tend to look as if someone has knocked huge holes in them.
11899 \begin_layout Standard
11900 To use custom character styles, open the
11902 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11904 \begin_inset space ~
11910 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
11911 font property which you can choose.
11912 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
11915 \begin_inset space ~
11920 , which keeps the current state of that property.
11925 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
11926 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
11927 environments in a snap.
11930 \begin_layout Standard
11931 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
11934 \begin_inset space ~
11946 \begin_layout Labeling
11947 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11953 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11957 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11961 The possible options are:
11965 \begin_layout Labeling
11966 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11971 This is the Roman font family.
11972 Normally a serif font.
11973 It's also the default family.
11983 \begin_layout Labeling
11984 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11988 \begin_inset space ~
11995 This is the Sans Serif font family.
12007 \begin_layout Labeling
12008 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12015 This is the Typewriter font family.
12021 arg "font-typewriter"
12030 \begin_layout Labeling
12031 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12036 This corresponds to the print weight.
12041 \begin_layout Labeling
12042 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12047 This is the Medium font series.
12048 It's also the default series.
12051 \begin_layout Labeling
12052 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12059 This is the Bold font series.
12072 \begin_layout Labeling
12073 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12078 As the name implies.
12083 \begin_layout Labeling
12084 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12089 This is the Upright font shape.
12090 It's also the default shape.
12093 \begin_layout Labeling
12094 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12108 s the Italic font shape
12114 \begin_layout Labeling
12115 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12122 This is the Slanted font shape
12124 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
12127 \begin_layout Labeling
12128 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12132 \begin_inset space ~
12139 This is the Small caps font shape
12146 \begin_layout Labeling
12147 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12152 Alters the size of the font.
12153 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
12154 nal to the document font size.
12155 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
12156 what you want to do.
12161 \begin_layout Labeling
12162 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12170 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12174 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12183 arg "font-size tiny"
12189 \begin_layout Labeling
12190 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12198 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12202 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12211 arg "font-size scriptsize"
12217 \begin_layout Labeling
12218 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12226 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12230 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12239 arg "font-size footnotesize"
12245 \begin_layout Labeling
12246 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12254 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12258 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12267 arg "font-size small"
12273 \begin_layout Labeling
12274 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12280 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12284 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12288 It's also the default size.
12292 arg "font-size normal"
12298 \begin_layout Labeling
12299 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12307 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12311 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12320 arg "font-size large"
12326 \begin_layout Labeling
12327 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12335 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12339 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12348 arg "font-size larger"
12354 \begin_layout Labeling
12355 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12363 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12367 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12376 arg "font-size largest"
12382 \begin_layout Labeling
12383 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12391 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12395 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12404 arg "font-size huge"
12410 \begin_layout Labeling
12411 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12419 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12423 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12432 arg "font-size giant"
12439 \begin_layout Standard
12444 : don't go crazy with this feature.
12445 You should almost never need to change the font size.
12446 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
12447 - use that instead.
12448 This is here for fine-tuning only!
12451 \begin_layout Labeling
12452 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12457 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
12462 \begin_layout Labeling
12463 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12470 This is text with emphasize on
12473 This might seem like the same as
12477 , but it is actually a bit different.
12483 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
12485 Normally this font is equal to italic.
12488 \begin_layout Labeling
12489 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12504 arg "font-underline"
12510 \begin_inset Newline newline
12517 if you can! It's a hangover from the typewriter days, when you couldn't
12519 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
12520 It's only included in LyX because some people
12524 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
12527 \begin_layout Labeling
12528 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12535 This is text with Noun on.
12542 , this is a logical attribute.
12543 Normally it's equivalent to
12546 \begin_inset space ~
12555 \begin_layout Labeling
12556 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12561 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
12562 Notice that not all
12564 -viewers are able to display colors.
12568 \begin_inset space ~
12573 , which is the default
12574 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12578 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12581 and means normally black, you can choose between
12614 \begin_inset Index idx
12617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12626 \begin_layout Labeling
12627 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12632 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
12633 the language of the document.
12634 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
12638 \begin_layout Standard
12639 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
12640 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
12642 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12644 \begin_inset space ~
12649 dialog, the settings are saved.
12650 You can activate them using the toolbar button
12651 \begin_inset Graphics
12652 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
12657 The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even
12658 when the dialog isn't visible.
12662 \begin_layout Standard
12663 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
12670 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
12671 (suppose you just set the shape to
12672 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12676 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12680 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12684 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12690 \begin_inset space ~
12702 \begin_layout Standard
12703 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
12711 \begin_inset space ~
12723 \begin_layout Itemize
12729 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12735 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12738 font, that means every character has the same width, the
12739 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12743 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12747 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12751 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12756 \begin_inset Newline newline
12763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12788 \begin_inset Note Note
12791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12792 For more on phantoms see section
12793 \begin_inset space ~
12797 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12799 reference "sub:More-Spaces"
12809 \begin_inset Newline newline
12815 \begin_layout Itemize
12820 fonts use characters with serifs.
12821 These are the small
12822 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12826 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12829 at the ends of the strokes that form the character.
12830 The following example will show the difference:
12831 \begin_inset Newline newline
12835 \begin_inset Newline newline
12840 text without serifs
12843 \begin_inset Newline newline
12846 Serifs facilitate quick and easy reading.
12847 These fonts are therefore used as default (named
12854 \begin_layout Itemize
12860 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
12861 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
12864 \begin_layout Standard
12865 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
12866 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
12869 \begin_layout Section
12870 Printing and Previewing
12873 \begin_layout Subsection
12877 \begin_layout Standard
12878 Now that we have covered some of the basic features of document preparation
12879 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
12880 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
12881 goes on behind-the-scenes.
12882 We cover this information in much greater detail in the
12884 Additional Features
12889 \begin_layout Standard
12890 LyX uses the program
12897 is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
12898 confusion, we'll only refer to
12901 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
12904 to turn your writing into printable output.
12905 This happens in two stages:
12908 \begin_layout Enumerate
12909 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for
12911 , generating a file with the extension,
12912 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12921 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12927 \begin_layout Enumerate
12930 uses the commands in the
12935 file to produce printable output.
12939 \begin_layout Subsection
12940 Output file formats
12941 \begin_inset Index idx
12944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12951 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12953 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
12960 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12962 \begin_inset Index idx
12965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12966 File formats ! ASCII
12974 \begin_layout Standard
12975 This file type has the extension
12976 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12985 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12989 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
12990 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12993 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
12994 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13000 \begin_layout Standard
13001 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
13003 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13004 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13010 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13014 \begin_inset Index idx
13017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13027 \begin_layout Standard
13028 This file type has the extension
13029 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13038 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13041 and contains all commands that are necessary for the
13043 program to process your document.
13046 , you can use it to find out
13048 -Errors or to process it manually with console commands.
13051 -file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever you
13052 view or export your document.
13055 \begin_layout Standard
13056 You can export your document as
13058 -file using the menu
13060 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13061 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13081 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13085 \begin_inset Index idx
13088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13098 \begin_layout Standard
13099 This file type has the extension
13100 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13109 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13114 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13118 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13123 ), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
13124 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
13127 are used for quick previews and as
13129 -stage for other output formats, like
13134 \begin_layout Standard
13139 contain images, they only link them.
13140 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your
13145 -viewer has to convert the image in the background to make it visible when
13148 , this can slow down your computer when you view the
13151 So we recommend to use
13153 for files with many images.
13156 \begin_layout Standard
13157 You can export your document to
13161 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13162 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13169 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13173 \begin_inset Index idx
13176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13186 \begin_layout Standard
13187 This file type has the extension
13188 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13197 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13203 was developed by the company
13207 as a printer language.
13208 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
13213 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13216 programming language
13217 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13220 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
13224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13225 When you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the
13232 \begin_inset Index idx
13235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13249 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than
13254 \begin_layout Standard
13257 can only contain images in the format
13258 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13264 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13270 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13279 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13283 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
13284 to convert them in the background to
13290 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13293 images in your document, LyX has to do
13296 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13299 conversions whenever you view or export your document.
13300 This will slow down your
13302 with LyX drastically.
13303 So if you plan to use
13305 , you can insert your images directly as
13307 to avoid this problem.
13310 \begin_layout Standard
13311 You can export your document to
13315 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13316 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13323 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13327 \begin_inset Index idx
13330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13338 \begin_inset Index idx
13341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13351 \begin_layout Standard
13352 This file type has the extension
13353 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13362 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13367 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13370 Portable Document Format
13371 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13383 It is more compressed and it uses fewer commands than
13387 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13391 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13394 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
13395 looks exactly the same.
13398 \begin_layout Standard
13401 can contain images in its own
13403 format and in the formats
13404 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13407 Joint Photographic Experts Group
13408 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13414 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13423 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13427 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13436 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13440 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13443 Portable Network Graphics
13444 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13450 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13459 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13463 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
13464 in the background to one of these formats.
13465 But as described in the section about
13467 , the image conversion will slow down your
13470 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
13473 \begin_layout Standard
13474 You can export your document to
13478 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13481 in three different ways:
13484 \begin_layout Description
13487 This uses the program
13495 -version of your file.
13498 -version is produced by the program
13504 -version as intermediate step.
13505 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
13508 \begin_layout Description
13512 \begin_inset space ~
13517 ) This uses the program
13521 that converts your file in the background to
13523 and in a second step to
13528 \begin_layout Description
13532 \begin_inset space ~
13537 ) This uses the program
13541 that converts your file directly to
13546 \begin_layout Standard
13547 We recommend to use
13551 \begin_inset space ~
13562 supports all the features of actual
13564 -versions, is quick, stable, and works without problems.
13569 is no longer under development and therefore a bit outdated.
13572 \begin_layout Subsection
13574 \begin_inset Index idx
13577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13586 \begin_layout Standard
13587 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the
13589 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
13593 and choose a file type.
13594 A viewing program will pop up showing the output.
13597 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13601 you can use the toolbar button
13602 \begin_inset Graphics
13603 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
13610 arg "buffer-view dvi"
13615 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13619 \begin_inset space ~
13627 \begin_inset Graphics
13628 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
13634 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13638 \begin_inset Graphics
13639 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
13646 arg "buffer-view ps"
13652 \begin_layout Standard
13653 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
13654 viewer window using the menu
13656 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13662 \begin_layout Standard
13663 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
13665 To have a real output, export your document.
13668 \begin_layout Subsection
13669 Printing the File from within LyX
13670 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13672 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
13679 \begin_layout Standard
13680 Instead of exporting your file and then printing it, you can also print
13681 it directly from within LyX.
13682 To print a file, select the menu
13684 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13687 or click on the toolbar button
13688 \begin_inset Graphics
13689 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
13694 LyX will internally call
13699 This file is then processed by the program
13705 -file, which is finally printed using the program
13710 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
13713 \begin_layout Standard
13714 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages - this
13715 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
13716 printing one set to print on the other side.
13717 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
13718 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
13719 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
13722 \begin_layout Standard
13723 You can set the parameters in the
13726 \begin_inset space ~
13734 \begin_layout Labeling
13735 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13740 This is the name of the printer to print to.
13744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13745 Note that this printer name is for the program
13754 has to be configured for this printer name.
13755 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
13756 \begin_inset space ~
13760 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13762 reference "sub:Printer"
13771 The printer should understand
13776 \begin_layout Labeling
13777 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13782 The name of a file to print to.
13783 The output will be a
13786 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
13790 \begin_layout Section
13791 A few Words about Typography
13792 \begin_inset Index idx
13795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13804 \begin_layout Subsection
13806 \begin_inset Index idx
13809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13818 \begin_layout Standard
13820 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13828 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13831 character comes in four lengths: the
13843 , and the minus sign:
13844 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
13850 \begin_layout Standard
13851 \begin_inset Tabular
13852 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
13853 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
13854 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13855 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13856 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13857 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13858 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
13861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
13870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
13879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13886 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13905 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13909 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13917 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13926 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13951 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13953 \begin_inset space ~
13956 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13963 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13964 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13973 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13982 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13988 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13990 \begin_inset space ~
13993 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14014 \begin_inset Formula $-$
14022 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14026 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14034 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14048 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
14054 \begin_layout Standard
14055 You can alternatively generate the en and em dash by inserting the
14056 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14064 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14067 character multiple times in a row.
14068 They will automatically be converted to the appropriate length dash in
14069 the final output, but not in LyX.
14071 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14075 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14079 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14083 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14087 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14091 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14095 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14101 \begin_layout Standard
14102 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
14103 math mode and has a length of its own.
14104 Here are some examples of the
14105 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14113 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14119 \begin_layout Enumerate
14120 line- and page-breaks
14121 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
14131 \begin_layout Enumerate
14133 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
14143 \begin_layout Enumerate
14144 Oh — there's a dash.
14145 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
14155 \begin_layout Enumerate
14156 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
14160 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
14170 \begin_layout Subsection
14172 \begin_inset Index idx
14175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14182 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14184 name "sub:Hyphenation"
14191 \begin_layout Standard
14192 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
14193 Hyphenation is done by the
14200 \begin_inset Index idx
14203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14211 following the rules of the document language
14215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14216 For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
14224 \begin_inset space ~
14228 \begin_inset space ~
14235 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14246 \begin_layout Standard
14249 hyphenates almost perfectly, it only has problems with text in the
14253 font and with unusual constructs, like
14254 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14262 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14268 can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
14269 This is done with the menu
14271 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14272 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14274 \begin_inset space ~
14280 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to
14283 If no hyphenation is necessary,
14288 \begin_layout Standard
14289 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs to be hyphenated.
14290 Imagine that you are describing
14292 /shortcuts in your document in the form
14293 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14297 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14303 would then see the hyphen
14304 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14308 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14311 as hyphenation possibility.
14312 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
14313 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, you can put it into the
14323 , because text within
14325 -boxes can't be hyphenated.
14326 As LyX doesn't support
14333 , you have to use TeX Code.
14334 The result looks in LyX like:
14337 \begin_layout Standard
14338 \begin_inset Graphics
14339 filename clipart/mbox.png
14346 \begin_layout Standard
14347 To learn more about TeX Code, have a look at section
14348 \begin_inset space ~
14352 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14354 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
14361 \begin_layout Subsection
14363 \begin_inset Index idx
14366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14375 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14376 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
14377 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14379 name "sub:Abbreviations"
14386 \begin_layout Standard
14389 to generate the final version of your document,
14391 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
14395 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14398 appropriate amount of space
14399 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14403 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
14405 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
14408 \begin_layout Standard
14409 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation does
14410 not work in all cases.
14412 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14420 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14423 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
14424 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
14427 \begin_layout Standard
14428 Here are some examples of
14432 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
14435 \begin_layout Itemize
14440 \begin_layout Itemize
14445 \begin_layout Standard
14446 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
14449 \begin_layout Itemize
14451 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14455 this is too much space!
14458 \begin_layout Itemize
14463 \begin_layout Standard
14464 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
14467 \begin_layout Standard
14468 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
14471 \begin_layout Enumerate
14475 \begin_inset space ~
14480 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
14481 \begin_inset space ~
14485 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14487 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
14492 \begin_inset Index idx
14495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14496 Spaces ! inter-word
14504 \begin_layout Enumerate
14508 \begin_inset space ~
14513 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
14514 \begin_inset space ~
14518 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14520 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
14525 \begin_inset Index idx
14528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14537 \begin_layout Enumerate
14541 \begin_inset space ~
14545 \begin_inset space ~
14549 \begin_inset space ~
14556 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14558 \begin_inset space ~
14563 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
14564 This function is also bound to
14567 arg "specialchar-insert end-of-sentence"
14573 \begin_layout Standard
14574 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
14577 \begin_layout Itemize
14579 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14583 \begin_inset space \space{}
14586 this is too much space!
14589 \begin_layout Itemize
14590 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
14594 \begin_layout Standard
14595 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
14596 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because
14598 will take care of this.
14601 \begin_layout Standard
14602 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
14606 \begin_inset space ~
14611 feature described in section
14617 Additional Features
14622 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14624 \begin_inset Index idx
14627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14628 Typography ! Quotes
14634 \begin_inset Index idx
14637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14668 \begin_layout Standard
14669 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
14670 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
14671 and use a closing quote at the end.
14673 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14677 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14681 The keyboard character,
14685 , generates this automatically.
14688 \begin_layout Standard
14689 You can change the behavior of the
14701 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14705 \begin_inset Index idx
14708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14709 Document ! Settings
14717 \begin_layout Standard
14718 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
14723 There are six choices:
14726 \begin_layout Labeling
14727 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14730 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14734 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14739 Use quotes like this
14740 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14744 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14748 \begin_inset Quotes els
14752 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14758 \begin_layout Labeling
14759 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14762 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14766 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14772 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14776 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14782 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14788 \begin_layout Labeling
14789 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14792 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14796 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14802 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14806 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14810 \begin_inset Quotes gls
14814 \begin_inset Quotes grs
14820 \begin_layout Labeling
14821 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14824 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14828 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14834 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14838 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14842 \begin_inset Quotes pls
14846 \begin_inset Quotes prs
14852 \begin_layout Labeling
14853 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14856 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14860 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14866 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14870 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14874 \begin_inset Quotes fls
14878 \begin_inset Quotes frs
14884 \begin_layout Labeling
14885 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14888 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14892 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14898 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14902 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14906 \begin_inset Quotes als
14910 \begin_inset Quotes ars
14916 \begin_layout Standard
14917 These settings affect what character the
14924 \begin_layout Subsection
14926 \begin_inset Index idx
14929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14930 Typography ! Ligatures
14936 \begin_inset Index idx
14939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14968 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14970 name "sub:Ligatures"
14977 \begin_layout Standard
14978 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
14979 print them as single characters.
14980 These groups are known as
14987 knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too in the output.
14988 Here are the standard ligatures:
14991 \begin_layout Itemize
14995 \begin_layout Itemize
15000 \begin_layout Itemize
15004 \begin_layout Itemize
15009 \begin_layout Itemize
15014 \begin_layout Standard
15015 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
15018 \begin_layout Standard
15019 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
15020 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
15021 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15025 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15028 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
15029 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15035 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15039 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15045 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15048 To break a ligature, use
15050 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15051 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15053 \begin_inset space ~
15060 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15066 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15070 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15074 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
15077 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15081 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15087 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15091 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15095 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
15098 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15104 \begin_layout Subsection
15106 \begin_inset Index idx
15109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15116 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15118 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
15125 \begin_layout Standard
15126 You will certainly have noticed that the word “
15128 ” always appears with characters in different sizes and heights.
15131 is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized as a
15132 proper name when you type it in LyX as
15133 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15152 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15156 \begin_inset Note Note
15159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15160 The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
15161 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15165 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15168 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
15169 To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
15174 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
15178 \begin_layout Description
15179 LyX The name of the game, write
15180 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15197 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15203 \begin_layout Description
15204 TeX The program used by
15207 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15224 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15230 \begin_layout Description
15233 The program used by LyX, write
15234 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15253 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15259 \begin_layout Description
15262 The actual version of
15265 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15284 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15290 \begin_layout Standard
15291 You might wonder why the
15294 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15298 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
15302 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15306 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
15307 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
15308 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
15311 : The actual version is
15312 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15318 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15321 , the previous one was
15322 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15328 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15334 \begin_layout Standard
15335 If you don't want to use proper names, e.
15336 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15340 \begin_inset space \space{}
15343 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
15345 This will look in LyX like:
15346 \begin_inset Graphics
15347 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
15353 \begin_inset Newline newline
15356 For more about TeX Code, look at section
15357 \begin_inset space ~
15361 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15363 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
15370 \begin_layout Subsection
15372 \begin_inset Index idx
15375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15384 \begin_layout Standard
15385 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
15386 space between two words.
15387 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
15390 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15394 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15397 for units use the menu
15399 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15400 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15402 \begin_inset space ~
15410 arg "space-insert thin"
15416 \begin_layout Standard
15417 Here's an example to show the differences:
15420 \begin_layout Standard
15421 \begin_inset Tabular
15422 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
15423 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
15424 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15425 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15427 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15434 \begin_inset space ~
15438 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
15446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15450 space between number and unit
15457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15464 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15468 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
15476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15480 half space between number and unit
15493 \begin_layout Subsection
15495 \begin_inset Index idx
15498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15499 Typography ! Widows and orphans
15507 \begin_layout Standard
15508 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
15510 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
15511 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
15512 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
15513 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
15514 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
15515 These bits of text became known as
15526 \begin_layout Standard
15527 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
15528 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
15529 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
15530 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
15533 governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there to specifically
15534 prevent widows and orphans.
15535 This is the advantage LyX has in using
15542 \begin_layout Standard
15543 There's no way we can go into how TeX and
15545 decide to break a page, or how you can tweak that behavior.
15548 books listed in the bibliography [such as
15549 \begin_inset space ~
15553 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
15555 key "latexcompanion"
15560 \begin_inset space ~
15564 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
15570 ] may have more information.
15571 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
15574 \begin_layout Chapter
15575 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
15576 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15578 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
15585 \begin_layout Standard
15586 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
15591 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
15594 \begin_layout Section
15596 \begin_inset Index idx
15599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15606 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15615 \begin_layout Standard
15616 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
15619 \begin_layout Description
15621 \begin_inset space ~
15624 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
15625 \begin_inset Newline newline
15629 \begin_inset Note Note
15632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15633 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
15641 \begin_layout Description
15642 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as
15644 -comment, when you export the document to
15648 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15649 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15657 \begin_inset Newline newline
15661 \begin_inset Note Comment
15664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15665 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in
15675 \begin_layout Description
15679 \begin_inset space ~
15682 Out This note will appear in the output as
15685 \begin_inset Newline newline
15689 \begin_inset Newline newline
15693 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
15696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15702 This is an example footnote within a
15705 In this document the
15707 out note color is redefined to blue.
15708 How this can be done is explained in the
15717 of a comment that appears in the output as
15725 \begin_inset Newline newline
15729 \begin_inset Newline newline
15732 As you can see in the example, the first line of
15734 out notes is a bit indented and
15736 out notes can have footnotes.
15739 \begin_layout Standard
15740 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
15741 \begin_inset Graphics
15742 filename ../images/note-insert.png
15744 scaleBeforeRotation
15750 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15754 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
15757 \begin_layout Section
15759 \begin_inset Index idx
15762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15769 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15771 name "sec:Footnotes"
15778 \begin_layout Standard
15779 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
15782 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15785 or the toolbar button
15786 \begin_inset Graphics
15787 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
15800 \begin_inset Graphics
15801 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
15810 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
15820 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15828 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15839 label, the box will
15843 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
15844 Clicking on the box label again, will close
15857 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
15873 \begin_layout Standard
15874 Here's an example footnote:
15882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15883 To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
15891 \begin_layout Standard
15892 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
15893 position where the footnote box is placed.
15894 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
15895 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
15896 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
15897 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
15898 scheme using special
15905 ey are described in the
15912 \begin_layout Section
15914 \begin_inset Index idx
15917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15924 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15926 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
15933 \begin_layout Standard
15934 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
15935 When you insert a margin note via the menu
15937 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15939 \begin_inset space ~
15944 or the toolbar button
15945 \begin_inset Graphics
15946 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
15968 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15972 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15975 appearing within your text.
15976 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
15985 \begin_layout Standard
15986 At the side is an example marginal note.
15990 \begin_inset Marginal
15993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15994 This is a marginal note.
16002 \begin_layout Standard
16003 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
16004 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin – left on even
16005 pages, right on odd pages.
16008 \begin_layout Section
16009 Graphics and Images
16010 \begin_inset Index idx
16013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16020 \begin_inset Index idx
16023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16030 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16032 name "sec:Graphics"
16039 \begin_layout Standard
16040 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
16041 you want and click on the toolbar icon
16042 \begin_inset Graphics
16043 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
16049 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16053 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
16056 \begin_layout Standard
16057 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
16062 tab allows you to choose your image file.
16063 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
16065 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
16066 \begin_inset space ~
16070 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16072 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
16079 \begin_layout Standard
16084 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
16085 of the image in the output.
16086 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
16090 \begin_inset space ~
16094 \begin_inset space ~
16103 \begin_inset space ~
16107 \begin_inset space ~
16111 \begin_inset space ~
16116 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
16117 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
16125 \begin_layout Standard
16133 experts can specify additional
16136 You can also specify here the appearance of the image inside LyX.
16140 \begin_inset space ~
16145 has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
16146 with the image size is printed.
16150 \begin_inset space ~
16154 \begin_inset space ~
16158 \begin_inset space ~
16163 is explained in the
16174 \begin_layout Standard
16175 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
16176 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
16178 This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
16182 \begin_layout Standard
16184 \begin_inset Graphics
16185 filename clipart/mobius.eps
16187 rotateOrigin center
16194 \begin_layout Standard
16195 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
16196 the image into a float, see section
16197 \begin_inset space ~
16201 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16203 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
16210 \begin_layout Subsection
16212 \begin_inset Index idx
16215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16222 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16224 name "sub:Image-Formats"
16231 \begin_layout Standard
16232 You can insert images in any known file format.
16233 But as we explained in section
16234 \begin_inset space ~
16238 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16240 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
16244 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
16245 LyX uses therefore the program
16249 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
16252 by avoiding these conversions in the background, you can use only the image
16253 formats listed in the subsections of section
16254 \begin_inset space ~
16258 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16260 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
16267 \begin_layout Standard
16268 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
16271 \begin_layout Description
16273 \begin_inset space ~
16276 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
16277 They are therefore not fully scalable and look
16280 Well-known bitmap image formats are
16281 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16284 Graphics Interchange Format
16285 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16291 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16300 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16304 \begin_inset Index idx
16307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16338 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16341 Portable Network Graphics
16342 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16348 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16357 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16361 \begin_inset Index idx
16364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16395 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16398 Joint Photographic Experts Group
16399 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16405 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16414 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16418 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16427 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16431 \begin_inset Index idx
16434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16467 \begin_layout Description
16469 \begin_inset space ~
16472 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
16474 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
16475 presentations are always scaled by the
16478 Scaling is also useful for
16480 documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
16481 \begin_inset Newline newline
16484 Scalable image formats can be
16485 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16488 Scalable Vector Graphics
16489 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16495 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16504 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16508 \begin_inset Index idx
16511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16542 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16548 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16554 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16563 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16567 \begin_inset Index idx
16570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16601 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16604 Portable Document Format
16605 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16611 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16620 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16624 \begin_inset Index idx
16627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16635 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to
16639 and the result won't be scalable.
16640 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
16645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16648 , the original image is additionally compressed.
16656 \begin_layout Standard
16657 Normally one can't convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
16663 \begin_layout Subsection
16664 Grouping of Image Settings
16665 \begin_inset Index idx
16668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16669 Images ! Settings grouping
16677 \begin_layout Standard
16678 Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
16680 Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
16681 of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
16683 So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
16684 need to manually change each of them.
16688 \begin_layout Standard
16689 A new group can be set by entering a name in the
16692 \begin_inset space ~
16697 field in the Graphics dialog.
16698 Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
16699 by checking the name of the desired group.
16702 \begin_layout Section
16704 \begin_inset Index idx
16707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16714 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16723 \begin_layout Standard
16724 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
16725 \begin_inset Graphics
16726 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
16733 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16737 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
16738 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
16739 from the rest of the table.
16740 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
16741 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
16743 Here's an example table:
16746 \begin_layout Standard
16748 \begin_inset Tabular
16749 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
16750 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
16751 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16752 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16753 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16754 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16765 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16803 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16821 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16830 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16839 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16850 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16890 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16919 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16928 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16937 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16954 \begin_layout Subsection
16958 \begin_layout Standard
16959 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
16960 brings up the table dialog.
16961 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
16962 where the cursor is placed currently.
16963 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
16964 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
16965 done on all of your selection.
16968 \begin_layout Standard
16969 Additionally to the table dialog, the
16972 \begin_inset space ~
16977 helps you in setting table properties.
16978 It appears when the cursor is inside a table.
16981 \begin_layout Standard
16985 \begin_inset space ~
16990 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
16991 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
16992 current cell respectively.
16993 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
16995 A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
16996 of text, see section
16997 \begin_inset space ~
17001 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17003 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
17010 \begin_layout Standard
17011 You can mark multiple cells of one row as a
17013 cell using the check box
17018 This will merge the cells to
17022 cell, spread over more than one column.
17025 cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width, and border
17026 settings affect only the
17029 Here's an example table with a
17031 cell in the first row and one in the last row without the upper border:
17034 \begin_layout Standard
17036 \begin_inset Tabular
17037 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
17038 <features tabularvalignment="middle" firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true">
17039 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17040 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
17041 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
17042 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17044 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17054 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17064 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17073 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17085 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17121 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17132 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17141 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17150 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17176 \begin_layout Standard
17177 At the moment LyX doesn't support
17180 Adept users can declare special
17182 -arguments for the table.
17183 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for
17185 cells, explained in the tables section of the
17188 \begin_inset space ~
17194 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table
17197 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
17200 degrees counterclockwise.
17201 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
17204 \begin_layout Standard
17205 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
17208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17219 able to display rotations.
17227 \begin_layout Standard
17232 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
17237 adds lines for all cell borders.
17240 \begin_layout Subsection
17244 \begin_inset Index idx
17247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17255 \begin_inset Index idx
17258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17268 \begin_layout Standard
17269 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
17272 \begin_inset space ~
17276 \begin_inset space ~
17285 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
17286 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
17289 \begin_layout Description
17294 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
17295 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the
17297 ; except for the first page, if
17300 \begin_inset space ~
17308 \begin_layout Description
17312 \begin_inset space ~
17317 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
17318 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the
17323 \begin_layout Description
17328 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
17329 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the
17331 ; except for the last page, if
17334 \begin_inset space ~
17342 \begin_layout Description
17346 \begin_inset space ~
17351 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
17352 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the
17357 \begin_layout Description
17358 Caption: The first row is reset as single column.
17359 You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
17361 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17367 captions can be found in the
17370 \begin_inset space ~
17378 \begin_layout Standard
17379 You can also specify a row where the table is split.
17380 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
17381 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
17382 The others will then be defined as
17387 In this context, first means first in this order:
17390 \begin_inset space ~
17402 \begin_inset space ~
17410 to see how it works:
17413 \begin_layout Standard
17415 \begin_inset Tabular
17416 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
17417 <features islongtable="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
17418 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
17419 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17420 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17421 <row endfirsthead="true">
17422 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17428 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
17433 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17442 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17452 <row endfirsthead="true">
17453 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17464 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17473 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17485 <row endhead="true">
17486 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17497 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17506 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17516 <row endhead="true">
17517 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17528 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17537 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17549 <row endfoot="true">
17550 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17561 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17570 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17581 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17601 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17645 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17665 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17677 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17729 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17752 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17806 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17817 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17839 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17860 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17904 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17924 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17968 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18022 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18066 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18099 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18110 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18131 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18216 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18260 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18271 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18294 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18337 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18347 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18411 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18434 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18455 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18487 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18507 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18519 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18539 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18583 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18592 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
18595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18601 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18612 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18644 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18655 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18664 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18676 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18708 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18740 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18760 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18772 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18805 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18837 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18848 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18858 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18870 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18891 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18903 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18935 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18946 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18955 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18967 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18999 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19032 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19065 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19085 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19097 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19118 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19130 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19141 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19150 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19162 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19195 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19215 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19227 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19247 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19259 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19291 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19302 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19325 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19336 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19357 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19390 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19422 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19454 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19486 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19518 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19529 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19550 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19561 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19570 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19582 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19602 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19613 <row endlastfoot="true">
19614 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19625 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
19628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19634 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19651 \begin_layout Subsection
19653 \begin_inset Index idx
19656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19663 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19665 name "sub:Table-Cells"
19672 \begin_layout Standard
19673 A table cell can contain text,
19675 equations, a figure, or another table.
19676 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
19677 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
19678 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
19682 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
19683 for the cell's paragraph.
19686 \begin_layout Standard
19689 -line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width for the
19690 column in the table dialog.
19691 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
19692 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
19696 \begin_layout Standard
19698 \begin_inset Tabular
19699 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
19700 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
19701 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19702 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
19703 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19723 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19779 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19837 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19850 This is longer now.
19855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19909 This is longer now.
19914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19940 \begin_layout Standard
19941 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
19942 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
19946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19947 Note, that you cannot paste into a
19949 selection because it would not be clear what to do when pasting a single
19950 word in a selected 2×3.
19956 Selection with the mouse or with
19960 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
19961 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
19962 the selection from outside the table.
19965 \begin_layout Section
19967 \begin_inset Index idx
19970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19977 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19986 \begin_layout Standard
19987 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
19988 have a fixed location.
19990 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19994 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19997 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
20005 \begin_inset space ~
20010 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
20011 too many notes on the page.
20014 \begin_layout Standard
20015 Floats make it possible to get a high quality layout.
20016 Images and tables can be spread evenly over the pages to avoid
20018 and pages without text.
20019 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
20020 , every float can be referenced in the text.
20021 Floats are therefore numbered.
20022 Referencing is described in section
20023 \begin_inset space ~
20027 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20029 reference "sec:Cross-References"
20036 \begin_layout Standard
20037 To insert a float, use the menu
20039 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20043 A box with a caption that has e.
20044 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20048 \begin_inset space \space{}
20052 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20056 \begin_inset space ~
20060 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20063 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
20064 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
20066 After the label you can insert the caption text.
20067 \begin_inset Index idx
20070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20076 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
20077 paragraph within the float.
20078 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
20079 by left-clicking on the box label.
20080 A closed float box looks like this:
20081 \begin_inset Graphics
20082 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
20087 – a gray button with a red label.
20090 \begin_layout Standard
20091 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
20094 -errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
20097 \begin_layout Subsection
20101 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20103 \begin_inset Index idx
20106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20107 Floats ! Figure floats
20113 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20115 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
20122 \begin_layout Standard
20125 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20126 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20129 inserts a float with the label
20130 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20136 \begin_inset space ~
20142 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20146 Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
20147 the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
20148 This is what we did for Figure
20149 \begin_inset space ~
20153 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20155 reference "cap:Platypus"
20160 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
20161 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
20162 This was done in Figure
20163 \begin_inset space ~
20167 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20169 reference "cap:Escher"
20176 \begin_layout Standard
20177 \begin_inset Float figure
20182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20184 \begin_inset Graphics
20185 filename clipart/platypus.eps
20187 rotateOrigin center
20194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20195 \begin_inset Caption
20197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20198 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20200 name "cap:Platypus"
20204 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
20217 \begin_layout Standard
20218 \begin_inset Float figure
20223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20224 \begin_inset Caption
20226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20227 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20244 \begin_inset Graphics
20245 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
20247 rotateOrigin center
20259 \begin_layout Standard
20260 This figure float also shows how to set a label and create a cross-reference
20262 As described in section
20263 \begin_inset space ~
20267 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20269 reference "sec:Cross-References"
20273 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
20275 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20278 and refer to it using the menu
20280 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20284 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
20286 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20290 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20295 will reposition the floats in the final document; it might not be
20296 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20300 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20306 \begin_layout Standard
20307 Normally only one image is inserted in a figure float, but sometimes you
20308 might want to use two images with separate
20311 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
20312 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures.
20314 \begin_inset space ~
20318 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20320 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
20324 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
20325 You can also set the images one below the other.
20327 \begin_inset space ~
20331 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20333 reference "fig:Undefinable"
20338 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20340 reference "fig:Platypus"
20349 \begin_layout Standard
20350 \begin_inset Float figure
20355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20356 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
20360 \begin_inset Float figure
20365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20366 \begin_inset Caption
20368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20369 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20371 name "fig:Undefinable"
20383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20384 \begin_inset Graphics
20385 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
20396 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
20400 \begin_inset Float figure
20405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20406 \begin_inset Caption
20408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20409 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20411 name "fig:Platypus"
20423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20424 \begin_inset Graphics
20425 filename clipart/platypus.eps
20437 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
20443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20444 \begin_inset Caption
20446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20447 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20449 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
20453 Two distorted images.
20466 \begin_layout Standard
20467 Note that the caption is added to the
20470 \begin_inset space ~
20474 \begin_inset space ~
20479 as described in section
20480 \begin_inset space ~
20484 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20486 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
20493 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20495 \begin_inset Index idx
20498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20499 Floats ! Table floats
20507 \begin_layout Standard
20508 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
20510 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20511 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20515 They have the same properties as figure floats except for the different
20518 \begin_inset space ~
20522 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20524 reference "cap:Table-float"
20528 is an example of a table float.
20531 \begin_layout Standard
20532 \begin_inset Float table
20537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20538 \begin_inset Caption
20540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20541 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20543 name "cap:Table-float"
20555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20557 \begin_inset Tabular
20558 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
20559 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
20560 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
20561 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
20562 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
20564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20689 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
20697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20710 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
20712 c & d\end{array}\right]$
20720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20733 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
20754 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20756 \begin_inset Index idx
20759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20760 Floats ! Algorithm floats
20768 \begin_layout Standard
20769 This float type is inserted with the menu
20771 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20772 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20776 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
20777 A possible environment for algorithms is the
20781 , described in section
20782 \begin_inset space ~
20786 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20788 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
20795 \begin_layout Standard
20796 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20804 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
20810 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
20813 \begin_layout Standard
20821 \begin_inset space ~
20827 \begin_layout Standard
20828 to the document preamble (menu
20830 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20837 \begin_inset space ~
20843 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20851 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20857 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20859 \begin_inset Index idx
20862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20863 Floats ! Text Wrap Floats
20871 \begin_layout Standard
20872 \begin_inset Wrap figure
20879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20880 \begin_inset Graphics
20881 filename clipart/mobius.eps
20883 rotateOrigin center
20890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20891 \begin_inset Caption
20893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20894 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20896 name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20900 This is a wrapped figure.
20901 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20914 This float type is used if you want to
20915 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20919 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20922 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
20924 It can be inserted using the menu
20926 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20927 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20929 \begin_inset space ~
20941 \begin_inset Index idx
20944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20960 -package is explained it in the
20964 \begin_inset space ~
20974 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
20977 \begin_inset space ~
20981 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20983 reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20987 is for example a figure wrap float with a width of
20990 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20998 Available units are explained in Appendix
20999 \begin_inset space ~
21003 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21005 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
21014 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
21018 \begin_layout Standard
21019 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
21022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21027 Wrap floats might be fragile! E.
21028 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21032 \begin_inset space \space{}
21035 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up so
21036 that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed over some
21045 \begin_layout Itemize
21046 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
21047 That means that wrap floats should preferably be inserted in the exact
21048 place when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where
21049 page breaks will appear.
21052 \begin_layout Itemize
21053 Wrap floats should either be placed in their own paragraph before the paragraph
21054 where they should wrap into, or within a paragraph.
21057 \begin_layout Itemize
21058 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause trouble, so make sure that
21059 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
21062 \begin_layout Itemize
21063 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
21066 \begin_layout Subsection
21068 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21070 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
21075 \begin_inset Index idx
21078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21087 \begin_layout Standard
21088 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
21089 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
21093 \begin_inset space ~
21101 \begin_layout Standard
21102 Rotated floats are always placed on their own pages (or columns, when you
21106 You can let them span several columns using the float settings option
21109 \begin_inset space ~
21115 Floats are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
21116 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
21123 \begin_layout Standard
21124 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats; the caption
21125 format is also the same: Table
21126 \begin_inset space ~
21130 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21132 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
21136 is an example of a rotated table float.
21139 \begin_layout Standard
21140 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
21143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21150 -viewers are able to display rotated floats.
21158 \begin_layout Standard
21159 \begin_inset Float table
21164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21165 \begin_inset Caption
21167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21168 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21170 name "cap:Rotated-table"
21182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21184 \begin_inset Tabular
21185 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
21186 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
21187 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
21188 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
21189 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
21190 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
21191 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
21193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21229 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21251 \begin_layout Subsection
21253 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21255 name "sub:Float-Placement"
21260 \begin_inset Index idx
21263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21272 \begin_layout Standard
21273 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
21276 uses for positioning the float.
21277 \begin_inset Newline newline
21283 \begin_inset space ~
21288 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
21289 span both columns on the page instead of being confined to just one.
21290 \begin_inset Newline newline
21296 \begin_inset space ~
21301 is used to rotate floats, see section
21302 \begin_inset space ~
21306 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21308 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
21315 \begin_layout Standard
21316 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
21317 set the placement for a particular float when you
21322 \begin_inset space ~
21326 \begin_inset space ~
21334 \begin_layout Description
21336 \begin_inset space ~
21340 \begin_inset space ~
21343 possible: try to place the float at the position where it is inserted
21346 \begin_layout Description
21348 \begin_inset space ~
21352 \begin_inset space ~
21355 page: try to place the float at the top of the current page
21358 \begin_layout Description
21360 \begin_inset space ~
21364 \begin_inset space ~
21367 page: try to place the float at the bottom of the current page
21370 \begin_layout Description
21372 \begin_inset space ~
21376 \begin_inset space ~
21379 floats: try to place the float at an own page
21382 \begin_layout Standard
21383 The order of the above option is
21390 That means, if you use the default placement,
21395 \begin_inset space ~
21399 \begin_inset space ~
21407 \begin_inset space ~
21411 \begin_inset space ~
21416 , and then the others.
21417 If you don't use the default,
21419 will try only the checked options but in the same order.
21420 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
21421 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
21424 \begin_layout Standard
21425 By default, each option has its own rules:
21428 \begin_layout Standard
21432 \begin_inset space ~
21436 \begin_inset space ~
21441 only floats occupying less than
21444 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21447 % of the page can be placed at the top of a page
21450 \begin_layout Standard
21454 \begin_inset space ~
21458 \begin_inset space ~
21463 : only floats occupying less than
21466 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21469 % of the page can be placed at the bottom of a page.
21472 \begin_layout Standard
21476 \begin_inset space ~
21480 \begin_inset space ~
21485 : only if more than
21488 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21491 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats can be set together
21495 \begin_layout Standard
21496 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
21500 \begin_inset space ~
21506 \begin_inset space ~
21514 \begin_layout Standard
21515 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
21516 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
21517 For this case you can use the option
21520 \begin_inset space ~
21526 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
21528 Because the float is then no longer able to
21529 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21533 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21536 when you change your document, this will often destroy the page layout.
21539 \begin_layout Standard
21540 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
21541 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
21544 \begin_layout Standard
21545 For more details about float placements, have a look at
21548 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
21550 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
21557 \begin_layout Section
21561 \begin_inset Index idx
21564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21572 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21574 name "sec:Minipages"
21581 \begin_layout Standard
21584 provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page, called
21590 , all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
21591 \begin_inset space ~
21598 \begin_layout Standard
21601 in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
21603 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21607 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the
21609 and its alignment within the page.
21612 \begin_layout Standard
21614 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21623 height_special "totalheight"
21626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21632 The text is set in an italic style.
21635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21639 are often used for text in another language or text that needs another
21648 \begin_layout Standard
21649 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
21654 side-by-side, you can use
21658 as described in section
21659 \begin_inset space ~
21663 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21665 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
21670 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
21676 \begin_layout Standard
21677 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21686 height_special "totalheight"
21689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21692 with some stupid dummy text.
21693 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the
21701 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21705 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21714 height_special "totalheight"
21717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21720 with some stupid dummy text.
21721 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the
21731 \begin_layout Standard
21732 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
21738 \begin_layout Standard
21739 When you right-click on a
21741 box, you can change the box from a
21743 to other box types.
21744 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
21755 \begin_layout Chapter
21756 Mathematical Formulas
21757 \begin_inset Index idx
21760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21767 \begin_inset Index idx
21770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21799 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21801 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
21808 \begin_layout Standard
21809 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
21814 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
21817 \begin_layout Section
21819 \begin_inset Index idx
21822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21831 \begin_layout Standard
21832 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
21833 \begin_inset Graphics
21834 filename ../images/math-mode.png
21839 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
21841 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
21842 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
21843 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
21845 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21851 \begin_layout Standard
21852 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
21856 \begin_inset space ~
21861 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
21864 \begin_layout Standard
21865 There are two main types of formulas:
21867 formulas appear within a text line, like this one:
21870 \begin_layout Standard
21871 This is a line with an
21874 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
21880 \begin_layout Standard
21881 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like as if they were in an own
21882 paragraph, like this one:
21883 \begin_inset Formula \[
21888 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
21891 \begin_layout Standard
21892 LyX supports also many
21896 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21900 \begin_inset space \space{}
21904 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21914 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21917 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
21918 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
21922 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
21925 \begin_inset space ~
21933 \begin_layout Subsection
21934 Navigating in Formulas
21935 \begin_inset Index idx
21938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21947 \begin_layout Standard
21948 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
21949 achieved with the arrow keys.
21950 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
21951 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
21956 will leave a formula construct (a square root
21957 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
21961 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
21965 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
21967 3 & 4\end{array}\right]$
21975 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
21980 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
21981 cells of a matrix or the positions in a
21986 \begin_layout Standard
21991 , printed in this document as
21992 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22009 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22013 \begin_inset Note Note
22016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22017 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
22018 space character (visible space).
22023 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
22024 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
22025 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
22030 For example, if you want
22031 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
22044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22093 , since in the latter case only the
22096 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
22101 will be under the square root sign:
22102 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
22108 \begin_layout Standard
22109 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
22111 \begin_inset Formula \[
22112 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
22115 & & \lambda_{n}\end{array}\right)\]
22119 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
22120 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
22123 \begin_layout Subsection
22127 \begin_layout Standard
22128 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
22129 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
22133 and a cursor movement key to select text.
22134 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
22135 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
22136 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
22137 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
22140 \begin_layout Subsection
22141 Exponents and Subscripts
22142 \begin_inset Index idx
22145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22152 \begin_inset Index idx
22155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22164 \begin_layout Standard
22165 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
22166 way is to use a command.
22168 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
22171 , type in a formula
22177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22193 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
22200 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
22204 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
22213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22225 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
22227 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22231 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22234 , you have to use an extra
22238 to separate the hat and the character.
22240 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22244 \begin_inset space \space{}
22248 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
22257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22269 Subscripts are similar: To get
22270 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
22279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22293 \begin_layout Subsection
22295 \begin_inset Index idx
22298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22307 \begin_layout Standard
22308 Create a fraction with either the command
22316 \begin_inset Graphics
22317 filename ../images/math/frac.png
22325 \begin_inset space ~
22331 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
22332 The cursor is above the fraction line.
22333 To move it to the bottom, simply press
22338 To move back up, press
22343 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
22344 \begin_inset Formula \[
22345 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
22347 4 & 5\end{array}\right)}\right]\]
22354 \begin_layout Subsection
22356 \begin_inset Index idx
22359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22368 \begin_layout Standard
22369 Roots can be created using the
22372 \begin_inset space ~
22378 \begin_inset Graphics
22379 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
22403 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
22410 produces always a square root.
22413 \begin_layout Subsection
22414 Operators with Limits
22415 \begin_inset Index idx
22418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22425 \begin_inset Index idx
22428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22435 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22437 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
22444 \begin_layout Standard
22446 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
22450 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
22453 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
22454 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
22455 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
22456 The sum operator will automatically place its
22457 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22461 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22464 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in
22468 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
22472 \begin_inset Formula \[
22473 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e\]
22477 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
22481 \begin_layout Standard
22482 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
22484 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
22485 behind the operator and hitting
22493 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22494 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22496 \begin_inset space ~
22500 \begin_inset space ~
22508 \begin_layout Standard
22509 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
22510 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22514 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22517 feature as addition, such as
22518 \begin_inset Index idx
22521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22528 \begin_inset Formula \[
22529 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),\]
22533 which will place the
22534 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
22538 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22544 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22550 formulas it looks like this:
22551 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
22557 \begin_layout Standard
22560 -function was entered as the function macro
22568 Have a look at section
22569 \begin_inset space ~
22573 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22575 reference "sub:Functions"
22579 for an explanation of function macros.
22582 \begin_layout Subsection
22584 \begin_inset Index idx
22587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22596 \begin_layout Standard
22597 Most math symbols can be found in the
22600 \begin_inset space ~
22605 under one of several categories; including
22622 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
22628 \begin_layout Standard
22631 -command for a construct or symbol you wish to use, you don't have to use
22635 \begin_inset space ~
22640 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
22641 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
22644 \begin_layout Subsection
22646 \begin_inset Index idx
22649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22658 \begin_layout Standard
22659 You may want to create spaces that differ from the standard spacing that
22666 arg "space-insert protected"
22672 \begin_inset space ~
22678 \begin_inset Graphics
22679 filename ../images/math/space.png
22684 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
22685 For example, the sequence
22692 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
22696 \begin_inset Graphics
22697 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
22702 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
22703 the space marker and hit space again several times.
22704 With every space hit the size will be changed.
22705 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are negative
22707 Here are two examples:
22710 \begin_layout Standard
22722 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
22728 \begin_layout Standard
22740 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
22746 \begin_layout Subsection
22748 \begin_inset Index idx
22751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22758 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22760 name "sub:Functions"
22767 \begin_layout Standard
22771 \begin_inset space ~
22776 contains under the button
22777 \begin_inset Graphics
22778 filename ../images/math/functions.png
22782 a number of function macros, such as
22783 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
22787 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
22795 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
22802 Standard mathematical practice is, that functions are printed upright to
22803 avoid confusions, because
22804 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
22808 \begin_inset Formula $s·i·n$
22814 \begin_layout Standard
22815 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
22817 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
22821 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
22827 \begin_layout Standard
22828 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes where subscript
22829 s are placed, as described in section
22830 \begin_inset space ~
22834 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22836 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
22843 \begin_layout Subsection
22845 \begin_inset Index idx
22848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22857 \begin_layout Standard
22858 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
22860 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
22864 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22868 \begin_inset space \space{}
22872 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
22875 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
22876 Our example is entered by typing
22884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22897 \begin_inset space ~
22901 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22903 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
22907 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
22910 \begin_layout Standard
22911 \begin_inset Float table
22916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22917 \begin_inset Caption
22919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22920 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22922 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
22926 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
22934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22936 \begin_inset Tabular
22937 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
22938 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
22939 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22940 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22941 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22961 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22981 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23025 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
23035 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23066 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23079 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
23089 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23133 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
23143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23188 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
23198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23216 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23229 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23242 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
23252 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23283 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23296 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
23306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23337 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23350 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
23360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23404 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
23414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23458 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
23468 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23504 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
23525 \begin_layout Standard
23526 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
23529 \begin_inset space ~
23535 \begin_inset Graphics
23536 filename ../images/math/hat.png
23540 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
23544 \begin_layout Section
23545 Brackets and Delimiters
23546 \begin_inset Index idx
23549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23556 \begin_inset Index idx
23559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23566 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23568 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
23575 \begin_layout Standard
23576 There are several brackets available through LyX.
23577 For most purposes, using just the keys
23582 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
23583 or if you have several layers of brackets, it is better to use the math
23584 toolbar delimiter icon
23585 \begin_inset Graphics
23586 filename ../images/math/delim.png
23591 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
23593 \begin_inset Formula \[
23594 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
23596 3 & 4\end{array}\right]\]
23600 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
23601 \begin_inset Formula \[
23602 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\]
23609 \begin_layout Standard
23610 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
23611 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
23614 \begin_layout Standard
23615 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
23616 left side and right side.
23617 If you use the option
23620 \begin_inset space ~
23625 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
23626 The selection will be shown below the button field.
23627 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
23628 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
23631 \begin_layout Standard
23632 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
23633 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
23634 inside the brackets.
23635 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
23640 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
23643 \begin_layout Section
23647 \begin_inset Index idx
23650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23657 \begin_inset Index idx
23660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23667 \begin_inset Index idx
23670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23681 \begin_layout Standard
23682 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
23685 \begin_inset space ~
23691 \begin_inset Graphics
23692 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
23697 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
23698 Here is an example:
23699 \begin_inset Formula \[
23700 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
23703 7 & 8 & 9\end{array}\right)\]
23707 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
23708 \begin_inset space ~
23712 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23714 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
23719 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
23720 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
23721 This alignment is set in the box
23726 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23734 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23738 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23746 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23750 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23758 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23763 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23771 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23774 for every column as default.
23775 For example, the sequence
23776 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23784 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23787 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
23788 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
23789 corresponds to the relevant column.
23790 The result will look like this:
23791 \begin_inset Formula \[
23793 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
23794 column & has & has\, right\\
23795 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment\end{array}.\]
23802 \begin_layout Standard
23803 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
23806 arg "newline-insert newline"
23809 while the cursor is in the matrix.
23810 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
23812 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23815 or the math toolbar.
23818 \begin_layout Standard
23819 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
23820 It can be created with the menu
23822 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23823 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23825 \begin_inset space ~
23837 Here is an example:
23838 \begin_inset Formula \[
23842 1 & x>0\end{cases}\]
23849 \begin_layout Standard
23850 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23855 -line formulas are created when you press
23858 arg "newline-insert newline"
23862 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
23867 arg "newline-insert newline"
23870 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
23871 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23875 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23878 etc.) will be inserted automatically to the first column, the relation sign
23879 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
23880 A new row is created by every further hit of
23883 arg "newline-insert newline"
23889 -line formulas are always displayed formulas.
23890 Here is an example:
23891 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23892 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
23893 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}\end{eqnarray}
23897 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
23898 where you want to start the shift and hit
23904 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
23905 position to the next column.
23906 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
23907 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
23908 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
23909 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}\end{eqnarray*}
23916 \begin_layout Standard
23919 -line formula type described here is called
23928 -line types being more suitable for certain situations, for example if you
23929 want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
23930 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23932 reference "eq:asquared"
23937 The other types are described in section
23938 \begin_inset space ~
23942 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23944 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
23951 \begin_layout Section
23952 Formula Numbering and Referencing
23953 \begin_inset Index idx
23956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23957 Math ! Formula numbering
23963 \begin_inset Index idx
23966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23967 Math ! Referencing formulas
23973 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23975 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
23982 \begin_layout Standard
23983 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
23985 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23986 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23988 \begin_inset space ~
23996 arg "math-number-toggle"
24000 The formula number appears in LyX as
24001 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24005 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24008 within parentheses.
24010 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24014 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24017 denotes, that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
24019 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
24020 the document class.
24021 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
24022 separated by a dot:
24023 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
24024 1+1=2\end{equation}
24031 arg "math-number-toggle"
24034 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
24035 You can only number displayed formulas.
24038 \begin_layout Standard
24041 -line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
24043 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24044 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24046 \begin_inset space ~
24050 \begin_inset space ~
24054 \begin_inset space ~
24062 arg "math-number-line-toggle"
24065 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is:
24066 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
24068 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
24069 4 & \leq & 7\end{eqnarray}
24073 To number all lines use the shortcut
24076 arg "math-number-toggle"
24082 \begin_layout Standard
24083 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
24086 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
24087 A label is inserted with the menu
24089 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24092 when the cursor is in the formula.
24093 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
24094 It is recommended to use the proposed
24095 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24104 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24107 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
24108 type when you have many labels in your document.
24109 We inserted in the following example the label
24110 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24118 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24121 in the second line:
24122 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
24123 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
24124 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}\end{eqnarray}
24128 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
24129 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
24131 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24135 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24139 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
24141 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24143 \begin_inset space ~
24149 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
24150 The reference appears in LyX as a
24152 cross reference box and in the output as the formula number:
24155 \begin_layout Standard
24156 This is a cross-reference to equation (
24157 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24159 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24166 \begin_layout Standard
24167 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
24168 \begin_inset space ~
24172 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24174 reference "sec:Cross-References"
24179 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
24182 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24185 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
24189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24190 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
24198 \begin_layout Section
24199 User defined math macros
24200 \begin_inset Index idx
24203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24212 \begin_layout Standard
24213 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas which is very useful when you
24214 have equations of the same form in a document several times.
24215 Math macros are explained in section
24218 \begin_inset space ~
24230 \begin_layout Section
24234 \begin_layout Subsection
24236 \begin_inset Index idx
24239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24248 \begin_layout Standard
24249 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
24250 To set a font in a formula, use the
24253 \begin_inset space ~
24259 \begin_inset Graphics
24260 filename ../images/math/font.png
24264 , or enter its command, listed in table
24265 \begin_inset space ~
24269 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24271 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
24278 \begin_layout Standard
24279 \begin_inset Float table
24284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24285 \begin_inset Caption
24287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24288 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24290 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
24294 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
24302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24304 \begin_inset Tabular
24305 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
24306 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
24307 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
24308 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
24310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24340 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
24348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24368 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
24376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24396 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
24404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24430 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
24438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24458 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
24466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24486 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
24494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24521 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
24529 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24549 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
24557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24584 \begin_layout Standard
24585 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24593 You can only print capital letters in the typefaces
24609 \begin_layout Standard
24610 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
24611 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
24616 within the box, will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a
24617 protected space when you need a space in the box.
24618 Here an example where
24619 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24623 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24630 denotes the set of numbers:
24631 \begin_inset Formula \[
24632 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}\]
24639 \begin_layout Standard
24640 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
24642 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24646 \begin_inset space \space{}
24658 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
24662 \begin_inset Newline newline
24665 So it is better not to use this feature.
24668 \begin_layout Standard
24669 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
24670 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
24674 \begin_inset Newline newline
24677 You can only print them emboldened using the command
24684 , which works like the other typeface commands:
24685 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
24691 \begin_layout Standard
24699 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
24702 \begin_layout Standard
24703 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
24705 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24706 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24708 \begin_inset space ~
24716 \begin_layout Subsection
24718 \begin_inset Index idx
24721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24730 \begin_layout Standard
24731 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
24733 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
24737 \begin_inset space ~
24741 \begin_inset space ~
24749 \begin_inset space ~
24755 \begin_inset Graphics
24756 filename ../images/math/font.png
24767 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
24768 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
24769 Here is an example:
24770 \begin_inset Formula \[
24772 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
24773 -x & \textrm{unter Umständen}\end{cases}\]
24780 \begin_layout Subsection
24782 \begin_inset Index idx
24785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24794 \begin_layout Standard
24795 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
24796 automatically chosen in most situations.
24814 For most characters,
24822 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
24823 and certain other structures, are set larger in
24828 Except for some operators, which
24830 themselves to accommodate various situations, all text will be set in the
24833 thinks are appropriate.
24834 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
24835 \begin_inset Graphics
24836 filename ../images/math/style.png
24841 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
24842 For example, you can set
24843 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
24846 , which is normally in
24855 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
24859 The four styles are used in the following example:
24862 \begin_layout Standard
24863 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
24867 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
24871 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
24875 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
24881 \begin_layout Standard
24882 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
24883 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
24885 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24887 \begin_inset space ~
24892 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
24893 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
24894 will be adjusted to correspond.
24895 As an example here is a formula in the font size
24896 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24900 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24906 \begin_layout Standard
24910 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
24916 \begin_layout Section
24920 \begin_layout Standard
24921 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
24922 the document classes and into layout modules.
24923 \begin_inset Index idx
24926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24932 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
24937 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24939 reference "sub:Modules"
24943 for more on layout modules.
24946 \begin_layout Section
24952 \begin_inset Index idx
24955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24964 \begin_inset Index idx
24967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24977 \begin_layout Standard
24978 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
24981 ) that are in common use.
24984 \begin_layout Subsection
24990 \begin_layout Standard
24996 \begin_inset space ~
25002 \begin_inset space ~
25006 \begin_inset space ~
25013 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25017 \begin_inset Index idx
25020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25021 Document ! Settings
25029 \begin_inset space ~
25036 -packages in the document, and make the facilities available.
25039 is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get
25041 -errors in formulas, assure that you have enabled
25046 \begin_layout Subsection
25050 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25052 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
25057 \begin_inset Index idx
25060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25071 \begin_layout Standard
25076 provides a selection of different formula types.
25077 LyX allows you to choose between
25100 -documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
25103 \begin_layout Chapter
25107 \begin_layout Section
25109 \begin_inset Index idx
25112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25119 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25121 name "sec:Cross-References"
25128 \begin_layout Standard
25129 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
25130 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
25132 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
25133 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
25134 We want for example to refer to the second item of the following list:
25137 \begin_layout Enumerate
25141 \begin_layout Enumerate
25142 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25144 name "enu:Second-item"
25151 \begin_layout Enumerate
25155 \begin_layout Standard
25156 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
25158 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25161 or by pressing the toolbar button
25162 \begin_inset Graphics
25163 filename ../images/label-insert.png
25171 label box like this:
25172 \begin_inset Graphics
25173 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
25178 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
25179 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
25181 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25190 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25195 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25204 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25208 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25212 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25216 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.
25217 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25221 \begin_inset space \space{}
25224 if you insert a label into a section heading, the prefix will be
25225 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25233 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25239 \begin_layout Standard
25240 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
25242 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25245 or the toolbar button
25246 \begin_inset Graphics
25247 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
25255 cross-reference box like this:
25256 \begin_inset Graphics
25257 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
25262 is inserted and the cross-reference window appears showing all the labels
25264 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
25265 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25274 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25278 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
25282 \begin_layout Standard
25285 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25288 , you can right-click on a label and use in the appearing context menu
25293 The cross-reference to this label is now in the clipboard and can be copied
25294 to the actual cursor position via the menu
25296 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25304 \begin_layout Standard
25305 Here is our cross-reference: Item
25306 \begin_inset space ~
25310 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25312 reference "enu:Second-item"
25319 \begin_layout Standard
25320 It is recommended to use a protected space
25324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25325 described in section
25326 \begin_inset space ~
25330 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25332 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
25341 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly line breaks
25345 \begin_layout Standard
25346 There are six varieties of cross-references:
25349 \begin_layout Description
25350 <reference>: prints the float number, this is the default:
25351 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25353 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25360 \begin_layout Description
25361 (<reference>): prints the float number within two parentheses, this is the
25362 style normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference
25364 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25368 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25372 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25374 reference "eq:tanhExp"
25381 \begin_layout Description
25382 <page>: prints the page number: Page
25383 \begin_inset space ~
25387 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25388 LatexCommand pageref
25389 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25396 \begin_layout Description
25398 \begin_inset space ~
25402 \begin_inset space ~
25405 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
25406 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25407 LatexCommand vpageref
25408 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25415 \begin_layout Description
25417 \begin_inset space ~
25421 \begin_inset space ~
25425 \begin_inset space ~
25428 <page>: prints the float number, the text "on page", and the page number:
25430 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25432 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25439 \begin_layout Description
25441 \begin_inset space ~
25444 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
25445 \begin_inset Newline newline
25449 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
25452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25457 This feature is only available when you have the
25464 \begin_inset Index idx
25467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25484 \begin_layout Standard
25485 Note that the style <page> won't print the page number if the label is on
25486 the previous, the same, or the next page.
25488 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25492 \begin_inset space \space{}
25496 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25504 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25510 \begin_layout Standard
25511 The number and current page of the referenced document part in the output,
25512 is automatically calculated by
25515 The varieties are adjusted in the field
25519 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
25523 \begin_layout Standard
25524 You can only use the style
25528 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
25532 is always possible.
25535 \begin_layout Standard
25536 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading,
25537 to reference a float, put the label in the caption.
25538 For footnotes you can put the label somewhere in it.
25539 Referencing formulas is explained in section
25540 \begin_inset space ~
25544 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25546 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
25553 \begin_layout Standard
25557 \begin_inset space ~
25561 \begin_inset space ~
25566 in the cross-reference window sets the the cursor before the referenced
25568 The button text changes then to
25571 \begin_inset space ~
25576 and you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
25577 Right-clicking on a cross-reference box also sets the cursor before the
25578 referred label and you can go back with the toolbar button
25579 \begin_inset Graphics
25580 filename ../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
25581 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25582 rotateOrigin center
25589 \begin_layout Standard
25590 You can change labels at any time by clicking on the label box.
25591 References to the changed label will automatically change its link to the
25592 new label text, so that you don't need to take care about this.
25595 \begin_layout Standard
25596 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existent label, you'll see two question
25597 marks in the output instead of the reference.
25600 \begin_layout Standard
25601 References are described in detail in the
25608 \begin_layout Section
25609 Table of Contents and other Listings
25610 \begin_inset Index idx
25613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25620 \begin_inset Index idx
25623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25630 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25639 \begin_layout Subsection
25641 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25643 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
25650 \begin_layout Standard
25651 The Table of Contents (
25653 ) is inserted with the menu
25655 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25658 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
25660 \begin_inset space ~
25664 \begin_inset space ~
25670 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
25671 If you click on it, the
25675 window appears, showing you the
25677 entries as outline to move and rearrange sections in your documents.
25678 So this operation is an alternative to the menu
25680 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25683 that is described in sec.
25684 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25688 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25690 reference "sec:Navigating"
25697 \begin_layout Standard
25700 in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
25701 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
25703 \begin_inset space ~
25707 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25709 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
25713 , it will be used in the
25715 instead of the section heading.
25717 \begin_inset space ~
25721 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25723 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
25727 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
25731 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the
25736 \begin_layout Subsection
25737 List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
25738 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25740 name "sub:List-of-Figures"
25747 \begin_layout Standard
25748 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
25749 You can insert them via the
25751 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25753 \begin_inset space ~
25757 \begin_inset space ~
25766 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
25769 \begin_layout Section
25770 URLs and Hyperlinks
25771 \begin_inset Index idx
25774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25781 \begin_inset Index idx
25784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25793 \begin_layout Subsection
25795 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25804 \begin_layout Standard
25805 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
25807 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25813 \begin_layout Standard
25814 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
25815 \begin_inset Flex URL
25818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25828 \begin_layout Standard
25829 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
25835 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
25839 \begin_layout Standard
25840 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
25843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25848 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get
25858 \begin_layout Subsection
25860 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25862 name "sub:Hyperlinks"
25869 \begin_layout Standard
25870 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
25872 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25875 or with the toolbar button
25876 \begin_inset Graphics
25877 filename ../images/href-insert.png
25878 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25883 The appearing dialog has two fields:
25892 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
25893 The hyperlink type can be a
25896 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25898 name "LyX's homepage"
25899 target "http://www.lyx.org"
25903 , an Email address like this:
25904 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25906 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
25907 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
25912 , or a link to a file.
25915 \begin_layout Standard
25916 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a
25918 , but add the prefix
25919 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25927 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25930 to the link target.
25933 \begin_layout Standard
25934 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the
25943 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
25944 the text style dialog.
25945 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
25949 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25951 name "LyX's homepage"
25952 target "http://www.lyx.org"
25959 \begin_layout Standard
25960 The link text color can be changed, when the option
25966 Properties dialog (menu
25968 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25969 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25975 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
25977 \begin_inset Newline newline
25986 \begin_inset Newline newline
25998 \begin_layout Section
26000 \begin_inset Index idx
26003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26010 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26012 name "sec:Appendices"
26019 \begin_layout Standard
26020 Appendices are created with the menu
26022 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26024 \begin_inset space ~
26028 \begin_inset space ~
26034 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
26035 as the appendix region.
26036 The region is marked with a red borderline.
26039 \begin_layout Standard
26040 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
26041 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
26042 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
26043 and the subsection number.
26044 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
26048 \begin_layout Standard
26050 \begin_inset space ~
26054 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26056 reference "cha:Credits"
26061 \begin_inset space ~
26065 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26067 reference "sub:Export"
26074 \begin_layout Section
26076 \begin_inset Index idx
26079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26086 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26088 name "sec:Bibliography"
26095 \begin_layout Standard
26096 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
26097 You can include a bibliography database,
26101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26102 Known under the name
26103 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26109 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26117 which is explained in the next subsection, or you can insert the bibliography
26118 manually, using the paragraph environment
26122 , which was described in section
26123 \begin_inset space ~
26127 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26129 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
26134 If you want anything other than numerical citations that are used in this
26135 document, like author-year
26141 use a bibliography database.
26144 \begin_layout Subsection
26145 The Bibliography Environment
26148 \begin_layout Standard
26153 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
26155 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
26164 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
26166 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about
26169 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26175 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26178 , a short form of its title, as key.
26181 \begin_layout Standard
26182 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
26184 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26187 or the toolbar button
26188 \begin_inset Graphics
26189 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
26190 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
26195 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
26196 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
26197 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
26198 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
26202 \begin_layout Standard
26203 Citation references appear in the output as the number of the bibliography
26204 entry with surrounding brackets.
26209 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
26210 Here are two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
26212 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26216 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26222 \begin_layout Standard
26226 Companion Second Edition
26229 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26231 key "latexcompanion"
26238 \begin_layout Standard
26239 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
26240 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26249 \begin_layout Subsection
26250 Bibliography databases (
26253 \begin_inset Index idx
26256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26257 Bibliography ! Databases
26263 \begin_inset Index idx
26266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26274 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26276 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
26283 \begin_layout Standard
26284 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
26289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26290 They are also useful simply for keeping a database of articles and notes
26292 Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations
26293 and reviews along with bibliographical information.
26298 It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
26300 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
26301 your working field in a database.
26302 This database can be used for different documents, and only the entries
26303 cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography list for
26305 This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books
26309 \begin_layout Standard
26310 The database is a text file with the file extension
26311 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26319 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26322 , containing the bibliography in a special format.
26323 The format is explained in
26324 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26333 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26335 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
26340 The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a
26341 special program to create and edit the entries in the database.
26342 A list of such programs is maintained on the LyX
26345 \begin_inset Flex URL
26348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26350 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
26358 \begin_layout Standard
26359 To use a database, use the menu
26361 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26367 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
26374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26384 \begin_inset space ~
26392 box will be inserted and a window appears.
26393 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
26396 Add bibliography to
26399 adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography.
26404 drop box you can select what part of the database should be output.
26407 \begin_layout Standard
26408 The style file is a text file with the file extension
26409 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26418 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26421 that controls how the bibliography entries will appear.
26424 distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers provide
26425 their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the layout.
26426 It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something
26431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26432 For information how this is done, have a look at
26433 \begin_inset Newline newline
26437 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26439 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf"
26451 \begin_layout Standard
26452 Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section.
26455 \begin_layout Standard
26456 To generate the bibliography from a database, LyX uses the program
26459 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
26462 Outputs\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26496 \begin_inset space ~
26502 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
26508 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26517 \begin_layout Standard
26518 When you select the option
26520 Sectioned bibliography
26524 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26527 dialog, it is possible to have multiple and sectioned bibliographies.
26528 This and other options are explained in detail in section
26530 Customizing Bibliographies
26539 Additional Features
26544 \begin_layout Standard
26545 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
26546 the two methods of creating them.
26547 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
26548 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
26549 We used the style file
26555 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
26558 \begin_layout Subsection
26559 Bibliography layout
26560 \begin_inset Index idx
26563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26564 Bibliography ! Layout
26572 \begin_layout Standard
26573 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
26574 For this feature you need to enable the option
26580 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26584 \begin_inset Index idx
26587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26588 Document ! Settings
26598 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
26599 For the global citation format use the
26601 style files as explained in the previous section.
26604 \begin_layout Standard
26605 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
26606 in the citation reference window.
26607 Here an example where we set the text
26608 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26612 \begin_inset space ~
26616 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26619 to appear after the reference:
26622 \begin_layout Standard
26624 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26627 key "latexcompanion"
26634 \begin_layout Section
26636 \begin_inset Index idx
26639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26646 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26655 \begin_layout Standard
26656 An index entry is created if you use the menu
26658 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26660 \begin_inset space ~
26665 or the toolbar button
26666 \begin_inset Graphics
26667 filename ../images/index-insert.png
26668 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
26674 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26682 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26685 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
26686 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
26687 by LyX as the index entry.
26690 \begin_layout Standard
26691 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
26692 For a detailed description of
26694 index mechanism, have a look at one of the
26697 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26699 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
26706 \begin_layout Standard
26707 You can change index entries by clicking on the index box.
26710 \begin_layout Standard
26711 The index list is inserted in the document with the menu
26713 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26715 \begin_inset space ~
26719 \begin_inset space ~
26724 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
26726 \begin_inset space ~
26732 A light blue box labeled
26733 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26741 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26744 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
26745 The index list box is not
26747 like other LyX-boxes.
26750 \begin_layout Subsection
26751 Grouping Index Entries
26752 \begin_inset Index idx
26755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26764 \begin_layout Standard
26765 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
26767 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
26768 lists under the entry
26769 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26773 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26777 First we create the entry
26778 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26782 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26786 \begin_inset space ~
26790 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26792 reference "sub:Lists"
26797 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
26798 \begin_inset space ~
26802 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26804 reference "sec:Itemize"
26808 , we insert the command
26811 \begin_layout Standard
26817 \begin_layout Standard
26821 \begin_layout Standard
26827 \begin_layout Standard
26828 for the enumerated list in section
26829 \begin_inset space ~
26833 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26835 reference "sec:Enumerate"
26842 \begin_layout Standard
26843 The exclamation mark
26844 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26848 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26851 marks the grouping levels.
26852 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
26853 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
26854 If we don't have an index entry for
26855 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26859 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26862 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
26865 \begin_layout Subsection
26867 \begin_inset Index idx
26870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26871 Index ! Page ranges
26879 \begin_layout Standard
26880 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
26882 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
26883 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
26885 \begin_inset space ~
26889 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26891 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
26898 \begin_layout Standard
26901 Paragraph environments|(
26904 \begin_layout Standard
26905 and another entry at the end of section
26906 \begin_inset space ~
26910 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26912 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
26919 \begin_layout Standard
26922 Paragraph environments|)
26925 \begin_layout Standard
26927 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26935 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26939 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26947 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26950 respectively start and end the index range.
26951 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
26952 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
26953 the pages of the indexed document parts.
26954 An example is the index entry
26955 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26958 Document ! Settings
26959 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26965 \begin_layout Subsection
26967 \begin_inset Index idx
26970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26971 Index ! Cross referencing
26979 \begin_layout Standard
26980 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
26981 We referred for example in the index entry
26982 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26988 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26992 \begin_inset space ~
26996 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26998 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
27002 ) to the index entry
27003 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27007 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27010 in the same section using the entry
27013 \begin_layout Standard
27017 |see{Image formats}
27020 \begin_layout Standard
27021 where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
27022 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
27023 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
27026 \begin_layout Subsection
27028 \begin_inset Index idx
27031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27032 Index ! Entry order
27040 \begin_layout Standard
27041 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
27042 then not follow the rules for the index order.
27043 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but
27049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27050 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
27052 \begin_inset space ~
27056 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27058 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27067 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
27068 We have created as an example the three dummy index entries
27069 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27075 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27079 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27085 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27089 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27095 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27099 \begin_inset Index idx
27102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27110 \begin_inset Index idx
27113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27121 \begin_inset Index idx
27124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27133 They will be sorted in the order
27139 , but we want the order
27146 To achieve this, we use the command
27149 \begin_layout Standard
27152 previous entry@current entry
27155 \begin_layout Standard
27156 In our case we want to have
27157 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27163 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27167 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27173 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27176 and write therefore for the index entry of
27181 \begin_layout Standard
27189 \begin_layout Standard
27190 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
27191 another word to tell
27193 the entry order, see the next subsection for an example.
27196 \begin_layout Subsection
27198 \begin_inset Index idx
27201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27202 Index ! Entry layout
27210 \begin_layout Standard
27211 You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
27212 \begin_inset Index idx
27215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27218 This is an italic dummy entry
27223 You can also format the page number using the character
27224 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27228 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27233 -command without a backslash.
27234 We can write for example
27237 \begin_layout Standard
27240 italic page number:|
27244 \begin_layout Standard
27245 to get the page number in italic.
27246 \begin_inset Index idx
27249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27250 Dummy entries ! italic page number:|
27258 -commands begin with a backslash, but in this special case
27259 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27267 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27275 \begin_inset space ~
27281 Have a look at section
27282 \begin_inset space ~
27286 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27288 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27292 to learn more about the
27297 \begin_layout Standard
27298 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
27301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27306 Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
27311 to generate the index, see section
27312 \begin_inset space ~
27316 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27318 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27327 , however, this won't work for anything other than bold or italic text.
27330 requires to define semantic elements before they can be used, see
27331 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27334 key "latexcompanion"
27346 \begin_layout Standard
27347 In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
27349 Instead of this, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
27350 Consider why you want some page numbers to be bold.
27351 Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
27352 the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
27353 If so, put the following in the preamble
27356 \begin_layout Standard
27374 \begin_layout Standard
27378 \begin_layout Standard
27385 \begin_layout Standard
27386 in the index entry.
27387 \begin_inset Index idx
27390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27391 Dummy entries ! my entry|
27397 The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
27398 insists that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
27399 change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
27402 \begin_layout Standard
27403 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
27405 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27409 \begin_inset space \space{}
27412 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
27413 for all index entries.
27414 For more advanced tasks you have to set up a so-called
27426 documentation for details,
27427 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27429 key "makeindex,xindy"
27436 \begin_layout Subsection
27438 \begin_inset Index idx
27441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27448 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27450 name "sub:Index-Program"
27457 \begin_layout Standard
27458 When the index entry program
27462 , which is only available for Linux, is installed, LyX uses it for index
27463 generation; otherwise the program
27467 , that is part of every
27469 distribution, is used.
27470 Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
27471 dialog, see section
27472 \begin_inset space ~
27476 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27478 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
27483 The available options are listed and explained in
27484 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27486 key "makeindex,xindy"
27491 You can also specify there another program to generate the index.
27494 \begin_layout Standard
27499 is very old, no longer under development and has many pitfalls, notably
27500 that it was developed with only the English language in mind.
27501 So it fails to sort anything other than a monolingual English text correctly.
27502 We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
27503 However, if you are writing in another language and using Linux, consider
27511 \begin_layout Section
27512 Nomenclature / Glossary
27513 \begin_inset Index idx
27516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27523 \begin_inset Index idx
27526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27555 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27557 name "sec:Nomenclature"
27564 \begin_layout Standard
27565 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
27566 document with a brief explanation of them – a so called nomenclature or
27570 \begin_layout Standard
27571 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the
27578 \begin_inset Index idx
27581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27591 You find it in the TeX
27594 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27600 or in the package manager of your
27605 \begin_layout Standard
27606 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
27607 and then use the menu
27609 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27615 \begin_inset space ~
27620 or the toolbar button
27621 \begin_inset Graphics
27622 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
27623 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
27629 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27637 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27640 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
27643 \begin_layout Standard
27644 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
27645 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
27646 The second is the description of the symbol.
27649 \begin_layout Standard
27650 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
27653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27658 You have to enter valid
27660 -code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
27668 \begin_layout Subsection
27669 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
27670 \begin_inset Index idx
27673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27674 Nomenclature ! Layout
27682 \begin_layout Standard
27683 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
27691 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27695 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27699 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27703 \begin_inset Newline newline
27711 \begin_inset Newline newline
27717 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27721 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27724 character starts/ends the formula.
27727 -command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning with a
27729 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27735 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27739 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
27749 \begin_layout Standard
27750 (A short introduction to the
27752 -syntax is given in section
27753 \begin_inset space ~
27757 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27759 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27766 \begin_layout Standard
27770 \begin_inset space ~
27775 dialog to format the description text but have to use
27778 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
27779 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27783 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27787 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27790 in this document is:
27791 \begin_inset Newline newline
27796 dummy entry for the character
27803 \begin_inset Newline newline
27816 \begin_inset space ~
27826 font use the command
27858 \begin_layout Subsection
27859 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
27860 \begin_inset Index idx
27863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27864 Nomenclature ! Sort order
27872 \begin_layout Standard
27873 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the
27875 -code of the symbol definition.
27876 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
27877 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
27880 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
27881 LatexCommand nomenclature
27883 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
27890 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27894 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
27895 LatexCommand nomenclature
27898 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
27903 They will be sorted by
27904 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27912 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27916 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27926 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27930 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27933 will be sorted before the
27937 since the character
27938 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27942 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27945 is considered in sorting.
27948 \begin_layout Standard
27949 To control the sort order, you can edit the
27952 \begin_inset space ~
27957 field of the nomenclature dialog.
27958 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
27960 For the example given, you can insert
27964 in this field for the
27965 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27972 will be located before
27973 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27979 \begin_layout Standard
27982 and tips for using sort entries see the
27987 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27996 \begin_layout Subsection
27997 Nomenclature Options
27998 \begin_inset Index idx
28001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28002 Nomenclature ! Options
28010 \begin_layout Standard
28015 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
28016 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
28019 \begin_layout Description
28023 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28035 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28038 to every nomenclature entry, where
28044 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
28047 \begin_layout Description
28051 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28063 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28066 to every nomenclature entry, where
28072 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
28075 \begin_layout Description
28078 Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
28081 \begin_layout Standard
28082 There are furthermore the options
28126 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
28130 \begin_layout Standard
28131 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
28132 class options list in the
28134 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28138 In this document the option
28145 \begin_layout Standard
28146 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28152 \begin_layout Standard
28153 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
28154 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
28159 field in the nomenclature dialog:
28162 \begin_layout Description
28174 \begin_layout Description
28186 \begin_layout Description
28203 \begin_layout Description
28209 \begin_inset space ~
28217 \begin_inset space ~
28224 Turns off the corresponding options
28227 \begin_layout Subsection
28228 Printing the Nomenclature
28229 \begin_inset Index idx
28232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28233 Nomenclature ! Printing
28241 \begin_layout Standard
28242 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
28244 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28246 \begin_inset space ~
28250 \begin_inset space ~
28255 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
28259 A light blue box labeled
28260 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28268 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28271 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
28272 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not
28277 \begin_layout Standard
28278 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
28279 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28283 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28287 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
28296 For example, in order to change the name to
28300 , add the following line to the preamble:
28303 \begin_layout Standard
28318 \begin_layout Standard
28319 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28325 \begin_layout Standard
28326 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
28327 by adding the following line to the preamble:
28330 \begin_layout Standard
28345 \begin_layout Standard
28348 where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix
28349 \begin_inset space ~
28353 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28355 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
28360 The default value is 1
28361 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28367 \begin_layout Subsection
28368 Nomenclature Program
28369 \begin_inset Index idx
28372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28373 Nomenclature ! Program
28379 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28381 name "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
28388 \begin_layout Standard
28389 LyX uses the program
28393 , that is part of every
28395 distribution, to generate the nomenclature.
28396 LyX's preferences dialog allows you to specify another program or to control
28401 by adding options, see section
28402 \begin_inset space ~
28406 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28408 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
28413 The available options are listed and explained in
28414 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28416 key "nomencl,makeindex"
28423 \begin_layout Section
28425 \begin_inset Index idx
28428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28435 \begin_inset Index idx
28438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28439 Document ! Branches
28445 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28447 name "sec:Branches"
28454 \begin_layout Standard
28455 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
28456 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
28457 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
28458 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
28461 \begin_layout Standard
28462 For these cases LyX allows you to put text into branches.
28463 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
28464 To create a branch, go in the
28466 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28474 The name of the branch, its activation state and the background color of
28475 the branches inside LyX can be specified in this dialog.
28478 \begin_layout Standard
28479 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
28480 These boxes are inserted via the menu
28482 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28485 where you can choose a branch.
28486 You can later change the branch of the boxes by right-clicking on them.
28489 \begin_layout Standard
28490 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
28491 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
28494 \begin_layout Standard
28495 \begin_inset Branch Question
28498 \begin_layout Standard
28499 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
28507 \begin_layout Standard
28508 \begin_inset Branch Answer
28511 \begin_layout Standard
28512 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad
28521 \begin_layout Standard
28522 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28528 \begin_layout Standard
28529 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
28530 like inside equations, you can code special
28532 definitions for each branch.
28533 For example you can define for the question branch
28537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28538 For an introduction to the
28540 -syntax, see section
28541 \begin_inset space ~
28545 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28547 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
28559 \begin_layout Standard
28571 \begin_layout Standard
28583 \begin_layout Standard
28584 and for the answer branch
28587 \begin_layout Standard
28599 \begin_layout Standard
28611 \begin_layout Standard
28612 \begin_inset Branch Question
28615 \begin_layout Standard
28619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28647 \begin_layout Standard
28648 \begin_inset Branch Answer
28651 \begin_layout Standard
28655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28683 \begin_layout Standard
28684 Now it is possible to use the commands
28688 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
28695 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
28698 to obtain conditional output.
28699 Here is an example formula where only the
28706 \begin_inset Formula \[
28707 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.\]
28714 \begin_layout Standard
28715 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see the
28723 \begin_layout Section
28727 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28729 name "sec:PDF-Properties"
28734 \begin_inset Index idx
28737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28748 \begin_layout Standard
28753 dialog allows you in the
28758 to set up special options for the
28760 output of your document.
28761 All options there are provided by the
28768 \begin_inset Index idx
28771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28783 \begin_layout Standard
28788 will link all cross-references in the
28793 This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a
28794 table of contents entry or on a reference and he is shown the referenced
28796 You can specify in the dialog tab
28800 how the links will look like and if links for bibliographical
28805 will appear in the bibliography behind the different entries, showing the
28806 number of the section, slide, or page where the entry is referenced.
28809 \begin_layout Standard
28816 -bookmarks should be created for every section of your document to make
28817 it easier for readers to navigate through the document.
28818 You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections
28820 With the open bookmarks level you can specify what sectioning level should
28821 be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the
28825 \begin_inset space ~
28828 2 will display all sections and subsections, while level
28829 \begin_inset space ~
28832 1 will only display the sections.
28835 \begin_layout Standard
28836 The header information in the dialog tab
28840 are saved together with the
28842 as file properties.
28843 Many programs are able to extract this information to e.
28844 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28848 \begin_inset space \space{}
28851 automatically recognize who the author is and what the
28854 This is very useful to sort, classify, or use
28856 for bibliography issues.
28859 Automatic fill header
28861 is set, LyX tries to extract the header information from your document
28862 title and author settings.
28865 \begin_layout Standard
28876 mode, which is useful for presentations.
28879 \begin_layout Standard
28882 properties are also used in this document.
28883 When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional
28889 For an explanation of them we refer you to the
28892 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28901 \begin_layout Section
28905 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28907 name "sec:TeX-Code"
28914 \begin_layout Subsection
28916 \begin_inset Index idx
28919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28926 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28928 name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
28935 \begin_layout Standard
28938 in the background, it supports many
28940 commands and constructs, but not all.
28943 contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
28944 All the time packages are being updated and new ones added.
28945 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
28946 is for every problem a
28949 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
28953 \begin_layout Standard
28954 But don't worry, you can use any
28956 -command directly in LyX inside the TeX Code box.
28957 A TeX Code box is created by the menu
28959 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28961 \begin_inset space ~
28966 or by the toolbar button
28967 \begin_inset Graphics
28968 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
28973 The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
28977 \begin_layout Standard
28978 You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
28979 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
28980 For example, if you want to draw a frame around a word are therefore using
28990 , you can write the command part
28998 in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
29002 in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
29003 The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
29004 the following example:
29007 \begin_layout Standard
29008 \begin_inset Graphics
29009 filename clipart/ERT.png
29017 \begin_layout Standard
29021 \begin_layout Standard
29022 This is a line with a
29026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29049 \begin_layout Standard
29050 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
29053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29060 -commands without parameters, you have to insert a space to let
29062 know that the command is finished.
29070 \begin_layout Subsection
29071 Short Introduction to the
29074 \begin_inset OptArg
29077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29086 \begin_inset Index idx
29089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29098 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29100 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
29107 \begin_layout Standard
29108 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
29111 -commands that LyX uses in the background.
29114 is based on commands, you can
29115 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29119 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29123 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
29124 any time if you know the right commands.
29126 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29130 \begin_inset space \space{}
29133 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is the
29135 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
29136 all caption labels bold.
29137 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
29139 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels manually in one
29143 \begin_layout Standard
29147 As mentioned above, for every problem there exists a
29150 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the
29153 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29162 \begin_layout Standard
29163 As result you know that the package
29168 \begin_inset Index idx
29171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29174 -packages ! caption
29180 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
29182 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29188 \begin_layout Standard
29195 [options]{package name}
29198 \begin_layout Standard
29201 commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within two
29202 braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
29203 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
29206 \begin_layout Standard
29207 In your case the package name is
29212 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
29218 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
29219 So you add the command
29222 \begin_layout Standard
29234 \begin_layout Standard
29235 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
29239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29240 For more commands provided by the
29244 package, have a look at its documentation,
29245 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29259 \begin_layout Standard
29260 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
29262 For example if you use a
29267 class, you don't need the package
29271 , you can instead write
29274 \begin_layout Standard
29290 \begin_layout Standard
29291 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
29292 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
29293 documentation of the document class you want to use.
29301 is an example of a command with more than one argument.)
29304 \begin_layout Standard
29305 Commands in the preamble affect the whole document, while commands in the
29306 text affect only the text after the command or only the text used as command
29310 -command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in the previous section.
29313 \begin_layout Standard
29314 If you want to learn more about
29316 and its syntax, have a look at the
29319 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29321 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
29329 \begin_layout Section
29330 Previewing Snippets of your Document
29331 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29333 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
29338 \begin_inset Index idx
29341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29348 \begin_inset Index idx
29351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29360 \begin_layout Standard
29361 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
29362 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
29363 to break your train of thought with
29365 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29372 \begin_layout Standard
29373 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
29383 \begin_inset Index idx
29386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29389 -packages ! preview-latex
29394 as explained below, and turn on
29397 \begin_inset space ~
29404 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29410 \begin_inset space ~
29414 \begin_inset space ~
29417 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29423 \begin_layout Standard
29424 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
29426 Previews of an already loaded document are
29430 generated just by selecting the
29433 \begin_inset space ~
29438 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
29441 \begin_layout Standard
29442 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
29443 It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
29446 \begin_inset space ~
29451 check box in the insert dialog.
29452 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a
29454 figure, for example.
29457 \begin_layout Standard
29458 To get previews working, you need the
29464 (on some systems named simply
29469 If it is not already installed, you will find it in the TeX
29472 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29478 or in the package manager of your
29481 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
29489 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
29493 \begin_layout Standard
29494 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
29500 \begin_layout Standard
29501 You can furthermore preview the
29503 source of the whole document or parts of it.
29506 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29508 \begin_inset space ~
29513 and a window will be shown where you can see the
29516 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
29518 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
29519 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
29520 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
29521 the source view window.
29524 \begin_layout Section
29526 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29528 name "sec:Spellchecking"
29533 \begin_inset Index idx
29536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29545 \begin_layout Standard
29546 LyX itself has no built-in spell checker.
29547 Rather it uses one of the external programs
29566 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
29572 can be seen as the successor to
29576 , so that it is recommended to use
29583 is a Hebrew spell-checker.
29584 The used spell checker ind its settings are specified in LyX's preferences
29592 \begin_layout Standard
29593 For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is
29596 out in the preferences dialog because only
29603 \begin_layout Standard
29606 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29609 or the toolbar button
29610 \begin_inset Graphics
29611 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
29612 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
29616 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
29617 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
29618 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
29619 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
29620 scrolled so that it is visible.
29625 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
29627 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
29631 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
29632 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
29635 \begin_layout Standard
29636 By default, the dictionary file used is determined by the document language
29639 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29643 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, spell checking
29644 will bring an error message.
29645 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
29646 specifying a different
29648 Alternative language
29650 in preferences dialog.
29653 \begin_layout Standard
29654 After a spell check you will be informed about the number of checked words.
29657 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
29661 \begin_layout Standard
29662 It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
29663 rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
29665 But you can use the
29668 \begin_inset space ~
29672 \begin_inset space ~
29680 \begin_layout Standard
29681 LyX cannot correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
29682 This does work with
29686 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
29689 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
29693 \begin_layout Standard
29698 section in the preferences dialog has some additional options:
29701 \begin_layout Description
29703 \begin_inset space ~
29706 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
29707 should consider, e.
29708 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29712 \begin_inset space \space{}
29715 German umlauts although you are spell checking an English document.
29716 This should not normally be needed.
29719 \begin_layout Description
29721 \begin_inset space ~
29724 dictionary to use a different file as your personal dictionary instead of
29725 the spell checker's default choice
29728 \begin_layout Description
29730 \begin_inset space ~
29734 \begin_inset space ~
29737 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
29739 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29745 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29751 \begin_layout Description
29753 \begin_inset space ~
29757 \begin_inset space ~
29760 encoding Uses the document encoding that is set in the
29762 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29769 also for the spellchecker.
29773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29776 are explained in section
29777 \begin_inset space ~
29781 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29783 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
29792 Only enable this if you use
29796 and can't spell check words with international letters in them.
29797 There have been reports that this does not work with all dictionaries,
29798 so this is disabled by default.
29801 \begin_layout Section
29803 \begin_inset Index idx
29806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29813 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29815 name "sec:Thesaurus"
29822 \begin_layout Standard
29824 \change_inserted 0 1241857971
29826 \change_deleted 0 1241857542
29827 provides support for two different thesaurus frameworks:
29828 \change_inserted 0 1241859858
29829 a multilingual thesaurus.
29830 It uses the same thesaurus
29849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29851 \change_inserted 0 1241857767
29852 \begin_inset CommandInset href
29854 target "http://lingucomponent.openoffice.org/thesaurus.html"
29880 Therefore, LyX can directly access
29882 thesaurus dictionaries, which are available for many
29888 \begin_layout Standard
29890 \change_inserted 0 1241858326
29891 This section describes how new
29895 are installed and set up for the use with LyX.
29900 \begin_layout Enumerate
29902 \change_deleted 0 1241857808
29911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29912 \begin_inset CommandInset href
29914 target "http://aiksaurus.sourceforge.net"
29923 which is also used by
29925 , but which is English only.
29928 \begin_layout Enumerate
29930 \change_deleted 0 1241857808
29939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29940 \begin_inset CommandInset href
29942 target "http://lingucomponent.openoffice.org/thesaurus.html"
29951 which is also used by
29953 , and which supports many languages.
29956 \begin_layout Standard
29958 \change_deleted 0 1241857808
29959 You need to have one of these libraries installed in order to use the thesaurus
29960 (if both are installed,
29964 will be chosen automatically).
29969 \begin_layout Subsection
29970 Setting up the thesaurus
29973 \begin_layout Standard
29977 \change_deleted 0 1241858389
29980 library can directly access the
29981 \change_inserted 0 1241858389
29990 \change_deleted 0 1241858393
29993 consist of two files per language: A file with the
29994 \change_deleted 0 1241858487
29996 \change_inserted 0 1241858487
30004 containing the data and an index file with the
30005 \change_deleted 0 1241858492
30007 \change_inserted 0 1241858493
30017 \change_inserted 0 1241858563
30020 file names include the language code for the given language
30021 \change_inserted 0 1241858760
30023 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30027 en_EN for English).
30031 \change_deleted 0 1241858668
30034 the English files are named:
30037 \begin_layout Itemize
30046 \begin_layout Itemize
30055 \begin_layout Standard
30059 \change_deleted 0 1241858814
30060 installed including
30061 \change_inserted 0 1241858816
30065 \change_inserted 0 1241858825
30068 , these files should be already on your system.
30069 If not, you can get dictionaries from the site
30070 \change_deleted 0 1241858828
30072 \begin_inset Newline newline
30076 \change_inserted 0 1241858834
30078 \change_deleted 0 1241859780
30080 \begin_inset CommandInset href
30082 target "http://extensions.services.openoffice.org"
30087 \change_inserted 0 1241859785
30089 \begin_inset Flex URL
30092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30094 \change_inserted 0 1241859786
30096 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org
30108 3.0, these files are usually packed in extension archives (
30113 ) that contain other files such as spellchecker dictionaries besides the
30115 These archives are simple zip files, so you can unpack them as you would
30116 unpack a zip archive.
30119 \begin_layout Standard
30130 files of all languages you want to use into one directory (do not use
30133 \change_deleted 0 1241858903
30136 specify the path to this directory in
30138 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30139 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30143 Now the thesaurus should be ready to use.
30146 \begin_layout Subsection
30147 Using the thesaurus
30150 \begin_layout Standard
30151 To start the thesaurus, use the menu
30153 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30156 or the toolbar button
30157 \begin_inset Graphics
30158 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
30159 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
30160 rotateOrigin center
30164 while the cursor is at the word you want to look up or while a word is
30166 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
30168 The proposals are grouped into categories.
30169 Note that the thesaurus does not only show synonyms, but also
30181 ), compounds (such as
30185 ) and antonyms (such as
30193 ), which are marked as such.
30196 \begin_layout Standard
30197 The language is automatically chosen from the language at the cursor, but
30198 you can also switch it in the dialog, as you can enter new words to look
30202 \begin_layout Standard
30203 Note that the thesaurus cannot handle phrases (only compounds that are in
30204 the dictionary, such as the above
30208 ), and you have to use the so called lemma form, i.
30209 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30213 the form that is used in the dictionaries (for many languages: first person
30214 singular indicative active for nouns, infinitive for verbs).
30215 For example looking up the word forms
30223 yields no results, while results are shown for the word form
30228 Your best bet is to highlight only the relevant parts of such word (e.
30229 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30241 s), then you get proposals without adjusting the query in the dialog, and
30242 also the replacement will probably be correct (as only the highlighted
30243 part will be replaced, thus the ending remains).
30244 \change_inserted 0 1241859001
30248 \begin_layout Subsection
30250 \change_inserted 0 1241859042
30253 of the Thesaurus library
30256 \begin_layout Standard
30258 \change_inserted 0 1241859399
30263 library, which is used by LyX for the thesaurus, was created by
30268 as a standalone program.
30269 Version 1.1 of the library is included in LyX.
30270 The library was released under the
30272 Berkeley Database License
30274 , which is compatible with LyX's license, the
30317 \begin_layout Standard
30319 \change_inserted 0 1241859406
30320 \begin_inset listings
30321 lstparams "basicstyle={\scriptsize},language={C++}"
30325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30327 \change_inserted 0 1241859497
30332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30334 \change_inserted 0 1241859499
30336 * Copyright 2003 Kevin B.
30337 Hendricks, Stratford, Ontario, Canada
30340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30342 \change_inserted 0 1241859505
30344 * And Contributors.
30345 All rights reserved.
30348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30350 \change_inserted 0 1241859515
30355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30357 \change_inserted 0 1241859519
30359 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
30362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30364 \change_inserted 0 1241859522
30366 * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
30369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30371 \change_inserted 0 1241859526
30376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30378 \change_inserted 0 1241859529
30383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30385 \change_inserted 0 1241859533
30388 Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
30391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30393 \change_inserted 0 1241859539
30395 * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
30398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30400 \change_inserted 0 1241859543
30405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30407 \change_inserted 0 1241859547
30410 Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
30413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30415 \change_inserted 0 1241859552
30417 * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
30420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30422 \change_inserted 0 1241859556
30424 * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
30427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30429 \change_inserted 0 1241859559
30434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30436 \change_inserted 0 1241859562
30439 All modifications to the source code must be clearly marked as
30442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30444 \change_inserted 0 1241859566
30447 Binary redistributions based on modified source code
30450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30452 \change_inserted 0 1241859569
30454 * must be clearly marked as modified versions in the documentation
30457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30459 \change_inserted 0 1241859572
30461 * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
30464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30466 \change_inserted 0 1241859576
30471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30473 \change_inserted 0 1241859580
30475 * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY KEVIN B.
30476 HENDRICKS AND CONTRIBUTORS
30479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30481 \change_inserted 0 1241859583
30483 * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
30486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30488 \change_inserted 0 1241859587
30490 * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS
30493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30495 \change_inserted 0 1241859590
30497 * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
30501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30503 \change_inserted 0 1241859595
30506 HENDRICKS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
30509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30511 \change_inserted 0 1241859600
30513 * INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
30516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30518 \change_inserted 0 1241859605
30520 * BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
30523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30525 \change_inserted 0 1241859608
30527 * LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
30530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30532 \change_inserted 0 1241859612
30534 * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
30537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30539 \change_inserted 0 1241859614
30541 * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY
30545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30547 \change_inserted 0 1241859617
30549 * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
30552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30554 \change_inserted 0 1241859620
30559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30561 \change_inserted 0 1241859719
30566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30568 \change_inserted 0 1241859720
30582 \begin_layout Section
30584 \begin_inset Index idx
30587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30594 \begin_inset Index idx
30597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30598 Document ! Change Tracking
30604 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30606 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
30613 \begin_layout Standard
30614 When you work on a document collaboratively it is extremely useful to be
30615 able to see changes that others have made highlighted in the document.
30616 You can then decide if you want to accept a change or not.
30617 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
30619 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30621 \begin_inset space ~
30624 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30626 \begin_inset space ~
30634 \begin_layout Standard
30635 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by colors:
30644 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
30647 \begin_inset space ~
30651 \begin_inset space ~
30661 \begin_inset Index idx
30664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30673 \begin_layout Standard
30674 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
30675 \begin_inset Index idx
30678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30687 \begin_layout Standard
30688 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
30694 \begin_layout Standard
30695 \begin_inset Graphics
30696 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
30703 \begin_layout Standard
30704 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
30710 \begin_layout Standard
30711 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
30715 \begin_layout Standard
30716 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
30722 \begin_layout Standard
30723 \begin_inset Tabular
30724 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
30725 <features islongtable="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
30726 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
30727 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
30728 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
30729 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30733 \begin_inset Graphics
30734 filename ../images/changes-track.png
30735 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
30736 rotateOrigin center
30745 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30751 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30753 \begin_inset space ~
30756 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30758 \begin_inset space ~
30767 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
30768 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30772 \begin_inset Graphics
30773 filename ../images/changes-output.png
30774 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
30775 rotateOrigin center
30784 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30790 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30792 \begin_inset space ~
30795 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30797 \begin_inset space ~
30801 \begin_inset space ~
30805 \begin_inset space ~
30814 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
30815 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30819 \begin_inset Graphics
30820 filename ../images/change-next.png
30821 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
30822 rotateOrigin center
30831 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30835 Jumps to the next change
30841 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
30842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30846 \begin_inset Graphics
30847 filename ../images/change-accept.png
30848 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
30849 rotateOrigin center
30858 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30864 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30866 \begin_inset space ~
30869 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30871 \begin_inset space ~
30880 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
30881 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30885 \begin_inset Graphics
30886 filename ../images/change-reject.png
30887 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
30888 rotateOrigin center
30897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30903 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30905 \begin_inset space ~
30908 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30910 \begin_inset space ~
30919 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
30920 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30924 \begin_inset Graphics
30925 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
30926 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
30927 rotateOrigin center
30936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30942 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30944 \begin_inset space ~
30947 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30949 \begin_inset space ~
30958 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
30959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30963 \begin_inset Graphics
30964 filename ../images/all-changes-accept.png
30965 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
30966 rotateOrigin center
30975 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30981 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30983 \begin_inset space ~
30986 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30988 \begin_inset space ~
30992 \begin_inset space ~
31001 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31006 \begin_inset Graphics
31007 filename ../images/all-changes-reject.png
31008 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
31009 rotateOrigin center
31018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31024 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31026 \begin_inset space ~
31029 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31031 \begin_inset space ~
31035 \begin_inset space ~
31044 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31049 \begin_inset Graphics
31050 filename ../images/note-insert.png
31051 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
31052 rotateOrigin center
31061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31067 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31068 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31070 \begin_inset space ~
31079 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31084 \begin_inset Graphics
31085 filename ../images/note-next.png
31086 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
31087 rotateOrigin center
31096 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31102 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31104 \begin_inset space ~
31120 \begin_layout Standard
31121 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
31127 \begin_layout Standard
31128 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes – highlight
31129 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
31130 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you information about
31131 the next change behind the current cursor position.
31132 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
31133 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
31134 step to the next change.
31135 This way you can jump through all the changes in the document.
31138 \begin_layout Standard
31139 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
31140 to describe a change.
31143 \begin_layout Standard
31144 To show made changes in the output you need the
31151 \begin_inset Index idx
31154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31164 You will find it in the TeX
31167 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
31173 or in the package manager of your
31178 \begin_layout Section
31179 International Support
31180 \begin_inset Index idx
31183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31184 International support
31192 \begin_layout Standard
31193 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
31194 For some non-western languages there are special
31196 -pages that explain how to set up LyX to use them:
31197 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
31199 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
31206 \begin_layout Standard
31207 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
31208 \begin_inset space ~
31212 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
31214 reference "sub:Special-Character"
31221 \begin_layout Subsection
31223 \begin_inset Index idx
31226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31233 \begin_inset Index idx
31236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31237 Document ! Settings
31243 \begin_inset Index idx
31246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31247 Document ! Language
31255 \begin_layout Standard
31258 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31261 dialog lets you set
31263 the language and character encoding for your language.
31267 \begin_layout Standard
31268 Choose your language in the
31272 section of this dialog.
31280 \begin_layout Standard
31285 you can choose the character encoding map you want to use for
31292 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
31293 For details about the different encoding options see section
31294 \begin_inset space ~
31298 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
31300 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
31307 \begin_layout Subsection
31308 Keyboard mapping configuration
31309 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31311 name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
31318 \begin_layout Standard
31319 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a language
31320 other than English, you can use an alternate
31323 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
31324 you can configure LyX to use an Italian
31327 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
31329 \begin_inset space ~
31333 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
31335 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
31340 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
31341 which one you want to use.
31344 \begin_layout Standard
31345 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
31348 (for Vulcan, for instance).
31349 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
31350 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
31351 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
31352 one to support the characters you want.
31353 This and many other customizations are explained in the
31360 \begin_layout Subsection
31364 \begin_layout Standard
31366 \begin_inset space ~
31370 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
31372 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
31381 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
31385 \begin_layout Standard
31386 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
31387 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
31395 \begin_layout Itemize
31396 Even if you have selected
31402 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31405 dialog, users who have only the
31415 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters:
31419 , DE, FE, AB, and BB – the uppercase and lowercase
31421 and thorn, and the french quotes won't show up.
31424 \begin_layout Standard
31425 \begin_inset Float table
31430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31431 \begin_inset Caption
31433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31434 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31436 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
31452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31454 \begin_inset Tabular
31455 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
31456 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
31457 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31458 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31459 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31460 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31461 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31462 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31463 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31464 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31465 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31466 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31467 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31468 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31469 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31470 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31471 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31472 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31473 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31664 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31682 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31736 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31754 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31801 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31853 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31870 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31904 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31913 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31922 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31931 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31982 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32088 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32156 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32165 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32174 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32191 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32208 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32326 \begin_inset Quotes eld
32334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32820 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32931 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32940 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32975 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32992 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33009 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33132 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33149 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33192 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33244 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33261 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33333 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33367 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33444 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33453 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33585 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33602 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33653 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33809 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33879 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33913 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33930 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33982 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34096 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34156 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34216 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34347 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34467 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34519 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34536 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34553 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34570 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34589 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34607 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34642 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34736 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34745 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34779 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34796 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34813 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34830 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34919 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34955 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34972 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34998 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35024 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35041 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35058 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35129 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35138 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35147 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35181 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35215 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35249 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35267 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35467 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35519 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35536 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35553 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35570 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35587 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35641 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35650 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35753 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35788 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35805 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35822 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35839 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35886 \begin_layout Standard
35887 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
35889 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
35890 also the characters from
35903 \begin_layout Itemize
35913 \begin_layout Standard
35914 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
35915 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
35921 \begin_layout Standard
35922 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
35923 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
35929 \begin_layout Standard
35930 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
35931 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
35937 \begin_layout Standard
35938 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
35939 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
35945 \begin_layout Standard
35947 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
35953 \begin_layout Standard
35957 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
35963 \begin_layout Standard
35965 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
35972 \begin_layout Itemize
35986 \begin_layout Standard
35990 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
35996 \begin_layout Standard
36000 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36006 \begin_layout Standard
36012 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36018 \begin_layout Standard
36022 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36028 \begin_layout Standard
36034 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36040 \begin_layout Standard
36044 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36051 \begin_layout Standard
36052 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
36053 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
36054 Also make sure you're using the
36061 \begin_layout Chapter
36064 \begin_inset CommandInset label
36066 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
36073 \begin_layout Standard
36074 This appendix lists all available menus and describes its functionality.
36075 It is designed as quick reference if you are searching for a special topic
36076 inside the user's guide.
36079 \begin_layout Section
36081 \begin_inset Index idx
36084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36093 \begin_layout Standard
36098 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
36099 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
36102 \begin_layout Subsection
36106 \begin_layout Standard
36107 Creates a new document.
36110 \begin_layout Subsection
36114 \begin_layout Standard
36115 This menu prompts you for a template to use.
36116 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
36117 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
36120 \begin_layout Subsection
36124 \begin_layout Standard
36128 \begin_layout Subsection
36132 \begin_layout Standard
36135 shows a list of the recently opened files.
36136 Click there on a file to open it.
36139 \begin_layout Subsection
36143 \begin_layout Standard
36144 Closes the current document.
36147 \begin_layout Subsection
36151 \begin_layout Standard
36152 Saves the actual document.
36155 \begin_layout Subsection
36159 \begin_layout Standard
36160 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
36163 \begin_layout Subsection
36167 \begin_layout Standard
36168 Reloads the actual document from disk.
36171 \begin_layout Subsection
36175 \begin_layout Standard
36176 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
36177 It is described in the section
36179 Version Control in LyX
36183 Additional Features
36188 \begin_layout Subsection
36192 \begin_layout Standard
36193 You can import there files from older LyX-versions,
36197 -files, plain text files, and comma separated, table like, text files (
36200 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
36203 \begin_layout Standard
36204 When using the menu
36207 \begin_inset space ~
36211 \begin_inset space ~
36216 , all lines will be imported consecutively to one big paragraph.
36217 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
36218 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
36219 will start a new paragraph.
36222 \begin_layout Subsection
36224 \begin_inset CommandInset label
36233 \begin_layout Standard
36234 You can export your document to various file formats.
36235 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
36236 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
36237 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
36240 \begin_layout Standard
36241 Here is a list of all available entries; they are explained in detail in
36243 \begin_inset space ~
36247 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36249 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
36256 \begin_layout Description
36261 \begin_inset space ~
36266 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
36269 ); (Since LyX 1.5.0
36271 support is fully integrated to LyX.)
36274 \begin_layout Description
36284 \begin_layout Description
36285 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and doesn't
36289 \begin_layout Description
36291 \begin_inset space ~
36295 \begin_inset space ~
36298 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
36302 , as consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and not
36310 \begin_layout Description
36318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36328 \begin_inset space ~
36337 source, additionally all images used in the document will be converted
36338 to a format that is readable for the
36353 \begin_layout Description
36361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36371 \begin_inset space ~
36378 source code, additionally all images used in the document will be converted
36381 -format, only this format is readable for the
36388 \begin_layout Description
36390 \begin_inset space ~
36393 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable for the LyX versions 1.y.x (
36394 \begin_inset Quotes eld
36398 \begin_inset Quotes erd
36401 is replaced by the version number)
36404 \begin_layout Description
36409 -formatted text file, to be opened with
36424 -converter is a third-party product and doesn't work in all cases)
36427 \begin_layout Description
36434 -format using the program
36439 \begin_layout Description
36444 \begin_inset space ~
36453 -format using the program
36458 \begin_layout Description
36463 \begin_inset space ~
36472 -format using the program
36477 \begin_layout Description
36481 \begin_inset space ~
36489 \begin_layout Description
36493 \begin_inset space ~
36497 \begin_inset space ~
36504 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
36505 and then exported as text using the program
36510 \begin_layout Description
36517 format using the program
36522 \begin_layout Description
36530 \begin_layout Standard
36535 produces internally a
36537 -file which is then converted to a
36540 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
36548 -files and supports the latest
36553 \begin_layout Standard
36554 If one of the menu entries
36562 \begin_inset space ~
36573 is missing, you need to update your
36576 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
36577 \begin_inset space ~
36581 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36583 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
36588 \begin_inset Index idx
36591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36592 Reconfiguration of LyX
36600 \begin_layout Standard
36605 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
36606 the export program.
36609 \begin_layout Subsection
36613 \begin_layout Standard
36614 With this menu you can print your document to a file in
36616 format or send it to a printer.
36617 The printer will also use the document in
36622 is done in the background by LyX using the program
36627 For more information have a look at section
36628 \begin_inset space ~
36632 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36634 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
36641 \begin_layout Subsection
36642 New and Close Window
36645 \begin_layout Standard
36646 Opens a new instance of LyX with all currently opened documents.
36647 You can close it later with the corresponding menu.
36650 \begin_layout Section
36652 \begin_inset Index idx
36655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36664 \begin_layout Subsection
36668 \begin_layout Standard
36669 Described in section
36670 \begin_inset space ~
36674 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36676 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
36683 \begin_layout Subsection
36684 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
36687 \begin_layout Standard
36688 Described in section
36689 \begin_inset space ~
36693 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36695 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
36702 \begin_layout Subsection
36706 \begin_layout Standard
36707 Selects the whole document.
36710 \begin_layout Subsection
36714 \begin_layout Standard
36715 Described in section
36716 \begin_inset space ~
36720 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36722 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
36729 \begin_layout Subsection
36730 Move Paragraph Up/Down
36733 \begin_layout Standard
36734 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
36738 \begin_layout Subsection
36742 \begin_layout Standard
36743 Described in section
36744 \begin_inset space ~
36748 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36750 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
36757 \begin_layout Subsection
36759 \begin_inset Index idx
36762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36763 Paragraph ! Settings
36771 \begin_layout Standard
36772 The settings in the paragraph dialog only affects the paragraph where the
36774 Here you can set here the paragraph alignment and line spacing.
36777 \begin_layout Standard
36778 You can also prevent that the first line of the paragraph is indented.
36779 This option works only when you have chosen to separate paragraphs with
36782 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36788 \begin_inset space ~
36796 \begin_layout Subsection
36800 \begin_layout Standard
36801 These two menus are only fully active when the cursor is inside a table
36803 Here you can change the properties of tables and formulas.
36804 The properties of tables are described in section
36805 \begin_inset space ~
36809 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36811 reference "sec:Tables"
36815 , the properties of formulas in chapter
36816 \begin_inset space ~
36820 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36822 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
36829 \begin_layout Subsection
36830 Increase / Decrease List Depth
36833 \begin_layout Standard
36834 These menus are only active when the cursor is in an environment that can
36836 They in/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
36837 \begin_inset space ~
36841 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36843 reference "sec:Nesting"
36848 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36850 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
36857 \begin_layout Section
36859 \begin_inset Index idx
36862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36871 \begin_layout Standard
36876 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
36877 document with an external program.
36878 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
36879 - it depends on the
36881 programs that are found while LyX was configured.
36882 All possible formats are formats listed in section
36883 \begin_inset space ~
36887 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36889 reference "sub:Export"
36894 You should at least see the menu entries
36902 \begin_inset space ~
36910 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your
36913 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
36914 \begin_inset space ~
36918 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36920 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
36925 \begin_inset Index idx
36928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36929 Reconfiguration of LyX
36937 \begin_layout Standard
36938 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
36939 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
36940 \begin_inset space ~
36944 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36946 reference "sec:File-Formats"
36951 The default viewers are set by LyX while it is first configured.
36954 \begin_layout Standard
36955 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
36958 At the bottom of the
36962 menu the opened documents are listed.
36965 \begin_layout Subsection
36966 Open/Close all Insets
36969 \begin_layout Standard
36970 Opens/closes all insets in your document.
36973 \begin_layout Subsection
36974 Unfold/Fold Math Macros
36977 \begin_layout Standard
36978 Unfolds/folds the current math macro.
36981 \begin_layout Standard
36982 Math macros are described in the
36989 \begin_layout Subsection
36993 \begin_layout Standard
36994 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
36996 \begin_inset space ~
37000 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37002 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
37009 \begin_layout Subsection
37013 \begin_layout Standard
37014 This menu allows you to update the view with your latest changes without
37015 opening a new view window.
37018 \begin_layout Subsection
37022 \begin_layout Standard
37023 This will split LyX's main window vertically or horizontally.
37024 This allows you view documents the same time to compare them, or to view
37025 the same document, but at different positions.
37026 You can split the main window even several times to view for example 3
37027 or more documents the same time.
37037 \begin_layout Subsection
37041 \begin_layout Standard
37042 Closes a split view.
37045 \begin_layout Subsection
37050 \begin_layout Standard
37051 Using this menu or pressing
37053 removes the menu bar and all toolbars so that you will see nothing than
37055 It furthermore displays LyX's main window
37060 to the normal view, press
37062 , or right-click and turn off the
37064 mode in the the appearing context menu.
37067 \begin_layout Subsection
37069 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37071 name "sub:Toolbars"
37076 \begin_inset Index idx
37079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37088 \begin_layout Standard
37089 In this menu you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
37090 All toolbars and the
37093 \begin_inset space ~
37098 can be turned on and off.
37103 state is denoted in the menu with a
37117 \begin_inset space ~
37126 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
37130 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
37137 \begin_layout Standard
37142 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
37146 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
37147 or when a certain feature is enabled.
37148 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
37149 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
37150 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
37153 \begin_layout Standard
37154 LyX's toolbars and its buttons are explained in section
37155 \begin_inset space ~
37159 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37161 reference "sec:Toolbars"
37168 \begin_layout Section
37170 \begin_inset Index idx
37173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37182 \begin_layout Subsection
37186 \begin_layout Standard
37187 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
37188 \begin_inset space ~
37192 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37194 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
37205 \begin_layout Subsection
37207 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37209 name "sub:Special-Character"
37216 \begin_layout Standard
37217 Here you can insert the following characters:
37220 \begin_layout Description
37221 Symbols Inserts any character that can be output by your
37224 Therefore the number of character categories in this dialog and the available
37225 characters depend on the
37227 -packages you have installed.
37228 \begin_inset Newline newline
37232 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
37235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37240 Not all characters will be visible in the
37244 dialog because none of the screen font that you can set in the preferences
37246 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37250 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37252 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
37256 ) can display every character.
37264 \begin_layout Description
37265 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
37269 \begin_layout Description
37271 \begin_inset space ~
37275 \begin_inset space ~
37278 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
37279 \begin_inset space ~
37283 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37285 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
37292 \begin_layout Description
37294 \begin_inset space ~
37297 Quote Inserts this quote:
37298 \begin_inset Quotes erd
37301 , no matter what quote type you selected in the
37303 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37313 \begin_layout Description
37315 \begin_inset space ~
37318 Quote Inserts this quote:
37319 \begin_inset Quotes els
37325 \begin_layout Description
37327 \begin_inset space ~
37330 Hyphen Inserts a hyphen that is protected from line breaks: \SpecialChar \nobreakdash-
37334 \begin_layout Description
37336 \begin_inset space ~
37339 Slash Inserts a slash where also a line break can occur: \SpecialChar \slash{}
37343 \begin_layout Description
37345 \begin_inset space ~
37348 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37352 \begin_layout Description
37354 \begin_inset space ~
37358 \begin_inset Index idx
37361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37368 \begin_inset Index idx
37371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37372 Language ! Phonetic symbols
37377 Creates a formula with a so called
37380 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
37381 For this feature you must have the
37388 \begin_inset Index idx
37391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37401 \begin_inset Newline newline
37404 For more information about this feature we refer to the documentation of
37409 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
37420 \begin_inset Newline newline
37424 \begin_inset Flex URL
37427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37429 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
37437 \begin_layout Subsection
37441 \begin_layout Standard
37442 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
37445 \begin_layout Description
37446 Superscript Inserts an superscript: test
37447 \begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}$
37453 \begin_layout Description
37454 Subscript Inserts an subscript: test
37455 \begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}$
37461 \begin_layout Description
37463 \begin_inset space ~
37466 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
37467 \begin_inset space ~
37471 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37473 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
37480 \begin_layout Description
37482 \begin_inset space ~
37485 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
37486 \begin_inset space ~
37490 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37492 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
37499 \begin_layout Description
37501 \begin_inset space ~
37504 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
37505 \begin_inset space ~
37509 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37511 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
37518 \begin_layout Description
37520 \begin_inset space ~
37523 Space Inserts horizontal space, see section
37524 \begin_inset space ~
37528 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37530 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
37537 \begin_layout Description
37539 \begin_inset space ~
37542 Line Inserts an horizontal line, see section
37543 \begin_inset space ~
37547 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37549 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
37556 \begin_layout Description
37558 \begin_inset space ~
37561 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
37562 \begin_inset space ~
37566 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37568 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
37575 \begin_layout Description
37577 \begin_inset space ~
37580 Point Inserts an hyphenation point, see section
37581 \begin_inset space ~
37585 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37587 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
37594 \begin_layout Description
37596 \begin_inset space ~
37599 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
37600 \begin_inset space ~
37604 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37606 reference "sub:Ligatures"
37613 \begin_layout Description
37615 \begin_inset space ~
37619 \begin_inset space ~
37622 Break Inserts a forced line break, see section
37623 \begin_inset space ~
37627 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37629 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
37636 \begin_layout Description
37638 \begin_inset space ~
37641 Break Inserts a forced line break that furthermore stretches the broken
37642 text line to the page border, see section
37643 \begin_inset space ~
37647 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37649 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
37656 \begin_layout Description
37658 \begin_inset space ~
37661 Page Inserts a forced page break, described in section
37662 \begin_inset space ~
37666 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37668 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
37675 \begin_layout Description
37677 \begin_inset space ~
37680 Break Inserts a forced page break that furthermore stretches the broken
37681 text page to the page border, described in section
37682 \begin_inset space ~
37686 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37688 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
37695 \begin_layout Description
37697 \begin_inset space ~
37700 Page Inserts a clear page break, described in section
37701 \begin_inset space ~
37705 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37707 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
37714 \begin_layout Description
37716 \begin_inset space ~
37720 \begin_inset space ~
37723 Page Inserts a clear
37725 break, described in section
37726 \begin_inset space ~
37730 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37732 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
37739 \begin_layout Subsection
37744 \begin_layout Standard
37745 Various lists can be inserted with this menu.
37746 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
37748 \begin_inset space ~
37752 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37754 reference "sec:toc"
37759 The index list is described in section
37760 \begin_inset space ~
37764 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37766 reference "sec:Index"
37770 , the nomenclature in section
37771 \begin_inset space ~
37775 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37777 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
37783 bibliography in section
37784 \begin_inset space ~
37788 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37790 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
37797 \begin_layout Subsection
37801 \begin_layout Standard
37802 To insert floats, described in section
37803 \begin_inset space ~
37807 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37809 reference "sec:Floats"
37816 \begin_layout Subsection
37820 \begin_layout Standard
37821 To insert notes, described in section
37822 \begin_inset space ~
37826 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37828 reference "sec:Notes"
37835 \begin_layout Subsection
37839 \begin_layout Standard
37840 Inserts branch insets as described in section
37841 \begin_inset space ~
37845 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37847 reference "sec:Branches"
37854 \begin_layout Subsection
37856 \begin_inset Index idx
37859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37868 \begin_layout Standard
37869 Here you can insert files to include them or its content to your document.
37870 How this can be done is in detail explained in chapter
37881 \begin_layout Subsection
37883 \begin_inset Index idx
37886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37895 \begin_layout Standard
37898 box that is described section
37899 \begin_inset space ~
37903 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37905 reference "sec:Minipages"
37910 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in chapter
37921 \begin_layout Subsection
37925 \begin_layout Standard
37926 Inserts a citation as described in section
37927 \begin_inset space ~
37931 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37933 reference "sec:Bibliography"
37940 \begin_layout Subsection
37944 \begin_layout Standard
37945 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
37946 \begin_inset space ~
37950 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37952 reference "sec:Cross-References"
37959 \begin_layout Subsection
37963 \begin_layout Standard
37964 Inserts a label as described in section
37965 \begin_inset space ~
37969 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37971 reference "sec:Cross-References"
37978 \begin_layout Subsection
37980 \begin_inset Index idx
37983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37990 \begin_inset Index idx
37993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38004 \begin_layout Standard
38005 Inserts a caption to floats or
38008 Floats are described in section
38009 \begin_inset space ~
38013 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38015 reference "sec:Floats"
38021 are described in section
38033 \begin_layout Subsection
38037 \begin_layout Standard
38038 Inserts an index entry as described in section
38039 \begin_inset space ~
38043 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38045 reference "sec:Index"
38052 \begin_layout Subsection
38056 \begin_layout Standard
38057 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
38058 \begin_inset space ~
38062 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38064 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
38071 \begin_layout Subsection
38075 \begin_layout Standard
38077 Tables are described in section
38078 \begin_inset space ~
38082 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38084 reference "sec:Tables"
38091 \begin_layout Subsection
38095 \begin_layout Standard
38097 Graphics are described in section
38098 \begin_inset space ~
38102 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38104 reference "sec:Graphics"
38111 \begin_layout Subsection
38115 \begin_layout Standard
38116 Inserts an URL as described in section
38117 \begin_inset space ~
38121 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38123 reference "sub:URLs"
38130 \begin_layout Subsection
38134 \begin_layout Standard
38135 Inserts a hyperlink as described in section
38136 \begin_inset space ~
38140 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38142 reference "sub:Hyperlinks"
38149 \begin_layout Subsection
38153 \begin_layout Standard
38154 Inserts a footnote, see section
38155 \begin_inset space ~
38159 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38161 reference "sec:Footnotes"
38168 \begin_layout Subsection
38172 \begin_layout Standard
38173 Inserts a marginal note, see section
38174 \begin_inset space ~
38178 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38180 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
38187 \begin_layout Subsection
38191 \begin_layout Standard
38192 Inserts a short title, see section
38193 \begin_inset space ~
38197 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38199 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
38206 \begin_layout Subsection
38210 \begin_layout Standard
38211 Inserts a TeX Code box, see section
38212 \begin_inset space ~
38216 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38218 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
38225 \begin_layout Subsection
38227 \begin_inset Index idx
38230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38239 \begin_layout Standard
38240 Inserts a program listings box.
38241 Program listings are explained in chapter
38243 Program Code Listings
38252 \begin_layout Subsection
38256 \begin_layout Standard
38257 Inserts the actual date.
38258 The format depends on the date format of the language that is used for
38260 LyX offers another ways to insert a date which is explained in section
38270 There the different methods are also compared.
38273 \begin_layout Section
38275 \begin_inset Index idx
38278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38287 \begin_layout Standard
38288 This menu lists the existing chapters, sections, figures, tables, etc.
38289 \begin_inset space ~
38292 of the current document.
38293 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
38296 \begin_layout Subsection
38300 \begin_layout Standard
38301 With this menu you are able to define your own bookmarks.
38302 This is useful when you are working on a large documents and often have
38304 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38308 \begin_inset space \space{}
38312 \begin_inset space ~
38316 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
38317 \begin_inset space ~
38320 2.5 and use the menu
38323 \begin_inset space ~
38327 \begin_inset space ~
38334 \begin_inset space ~
38340 \begin_inset space ~
38344 \begin_inset space ~
38350 Now you can jump easily between these sections by using the menu or by
38354 arg "bookmark-goto 1"
38360 arg "bookmark-goto 2"
38366 \begin_layout Standard
38367 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
38368 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
38371 \begin_layout Subsection
38372 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
38375 \begin_layout Standard
38376 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
38380 \begin_layout Subsection
38384 \begin_layout Standard
38385 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
38386 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
38387 on a cross-reference box.
38390 \begin_layout Section
38392 \begin_inset Index idx
38395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38404 \begin_layout Subsection
38408 \begin_layout Standard
38409 Change Tracking is described in section
38410 \begin_inset space ~
38414 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38416 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
38423 \begin_layout Subsection
38430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38442 \begin_layout Standard
38445 by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be enabled.
38453 \begin_layout Standard
38454 Here you can see how
38456 works in the background.
38461 will find in it reasons for
38466 \begin_layout Subsection
38470 \begin_layout Standard
38473 /Outline window as described in section
38474 \begin_inset space ~
38478 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38480 reference "sec:Navigating"
38485 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38487 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
38494 \begin_layout Subsection
38495 Start Appendix Here
38498 \begin_layout Standard
38499 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
38500 position as described in section
38501 \begin_inset space ~
38505 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38507 reference "sec:Appendices"
38514 \begin_layout Subsection
38518 \begin_layout Standard
38521 /compresses the current document.
38524 \begin_layout Subsection
38528 \begin_layout Standard
38529 The document settings are described in appendix
38530 \begin_inset space ~
38534 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38536 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
38543 \begin_layout Section
38545 \begin_inset Index idx
38548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38557 \begin_layout Subsection
38561 \begin_layout Standard
38562 Spell checking is explained in section
38563 \begin_inset space ~
38567 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38569 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
38576 \begin_layout Subsection
38580 \begin_layout Standard
38581 The thesaurus is described in section
38582 \begin_inset space ~
38586 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38588 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
38595 \begin_layout Subsection
38597 \begin_inset Index idx
38600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38607 \begin_inset Index idx
38610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38619 \begin_layout Standard
38620 Counts the number of words and characters in the actual document or the
38621 highlighted document part.
38624 \begin_layout Subsection
38626 \begin_inset Index idx
38629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38638 \begin_layout Standard
38639 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your
38644 \begin_layout Subsection
38646 \begin_inset Index idx
38649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38650 LyX ! Reconfigure|see
38654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38661 Reconfiguration of LyX
38665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38678 \begin_inset Index idx
38681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38682 Reconfiguration of LyX
38690 \begin_layout Standard
38691 This menu reconfigures LyX.
38692 That means LyX looks for
38694 -packages and needed programs, see also section
38695 \begin_inset space ~
38699 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38701 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
38708 \begin_layout Subsection
38712 \begin_layout Standard
38713 The preferences dialog is described in detail in appendix
38714 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38718 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38720 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
38727 \begin_layout Section
38729 \begin_inset Index idx
38732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38741 \begin_layout Standard
38742 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
38746 \begin_layout Standard
38751 \begin_inset space ~
38756 shows a LyX-document with information about the
38758 -packages and classes found by LyX (see also section
38759 \begin_inset space ~
38763 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38765 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
38772 \begin_layout Section
38774 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38776 name "sec:Toolbars"
38783 \begin_layout Standard
38784 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
38785 \begin_inset space ~
38789 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38791 reference "sub:Toolbars"
38798 \begin_layout Standard
38799 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
38800 This is described in the
38802 Additional Features
38807 \begin_layout Subsection
38809 \begin_inset Index idx
38812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38821 \begin_layout Standard
38822 \begin_inset Graphics
38823 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
38831 \begin_layout Standard
38832 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38838 \begin_layout Standard
38839 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
38844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38856 \begin_inset Note Note
38859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38860 This is necessary to left align the following
38867 manual for more information.
38875 \begin_layout Standard
38876 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38882 \begin_layout Standard
38883 \begin_inset Tabular
38884 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
38885 <features islongtable="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
38886 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
38887 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
38889 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38893 \begin_inset Graphics
38894 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
38904 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38908 pull-down box for the paragraph environments
38921 \begin_layout Standard
38922 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
38928 \begin_layout Standard
38930 \begin_inset Tabular
38931 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="21" columns="2">
38932 <features islongtable="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
38933 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38934 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38935 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38942 \begin_inset Graphics
38943 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
38944 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38959 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38966 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38971 \begin_inset Graphics
38972 filename ../images/file-open.png
38973 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38982 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38988 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38995 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38996 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39000 \begin_inset Graphics
39001 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
39002 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
39011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39017 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39024 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39029 \begin_inset Graphics
39030 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
39031 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
39040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39046 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39053 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39058 \begin_inset Graphics
39059 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
39060 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
39069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39075 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39082 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39087 \begin_inset Graphics
39088 filename ../images/undo.png
39089 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
39098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39104 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39111 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39116 \begin_inset Graphics
39117 filename ../images/redo.png
39118 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
39127 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39133 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39140 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39141 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39145 \begin_inset Graphics
39146 filename ../images/cut.png
39147 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
39156 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39162 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39169 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39174 \begin_inset Graphics
39175 filename ../images/copy.png
39176 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
39185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39191 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39198 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39199 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39203 \begin_inset Graphics
39204 filename ../images/paste.png
39205 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
39214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39220 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39227 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39232 \begin_inset Graphics
39233 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
39234 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39235 rotateOrigin center
39244 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39250 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39252 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39256 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39265 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39270 \begin_inset Graphics
39271 filename ../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
39272 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39273 rotateOrigin center
39282 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39288 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39289 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39296 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39301 \begin_inset Graphics
39302 filename ../images/font-emph.png
39303 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
39312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39316 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
39318 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
39320 \begin_inset space ~
39331 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39336 \begin_inset Graphics
39337 filename ../images/font-noun.png
39338 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
39347 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39351 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
39353 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
39355 \begin_inset space ~
39366 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39367 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39371 \begin_inset Graphics
39372 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
39373 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
39382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39386 Formats text using the current settings in the
39388 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39390 \begin_inset space ~
39401 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39406 \begin_inset Graphics
39407 filename ../images/math-mode.png
39408 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
39417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39423 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39424 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39428 \begin_inset space ~
39437 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39442 \begin_inset Graphics
39443 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
39444 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39445 rotateOrigin center
39454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39460 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39467 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39468 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39472 \begin_inset Graphics
39473 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
39474 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39475 rotateOrigin center
39484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39490 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39497 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39502 \begin_inset Graphics
39503 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
39504 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39505 rotateOrigin center
39514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39518 Toggle outline window on/off,
39520 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39527 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39532 \begin_inset Graphics
39533 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_math.png
39534 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39535 rotateOrigin center
39544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39548 Toggle math toolbar on/off
39554 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39559 \begin_inset Graphics
39560 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_table.png
39561 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39562 rotateOrigin center
39571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39575 Toggle table toolbar on/off
39588 \begin_layout Subsection
39590 \begin_inset Index idx
39593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39602 \begin_layout Standard
39603 \begin_inset Graphics
39604 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
39612 \begin_layout Standard
39613 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
39619 \begin_layout Standard
39620 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
39624 \begin_layout Standard
39625 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
39631 \begin_layout Standard
39632 \begin_inset Tabular
39633 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="25" columns="2">
39634 <features islongtable="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
39635 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
39636 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
39637 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39642 \begin_inset Graphics
39643 filename ../images/layout.png
39644 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39645 rotateOrigin center
39654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39664 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39665 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39669 \begin_inset Graphics
39670 filename ../images/layout_Enumerate.png
39671 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39672 rotateOrigin center
39681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39691 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39696 \begin_inset Graphics
39697 filename ../images/layout_Itemize.png
39698 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39699 rotateOrigin center
39708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39718 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39723 \begin_inset Graphics
39724 filename ../images/layout_List.png
39725 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39726 rotateOrigin center
39735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39745 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39746 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39750 \begin_inset Graphics
39751 filename ../images/layout_Description.png
39752 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39753 rotateOrigin center
39762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39772 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39777 \begin_inset Graphics
39778 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
39779 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39780 rotateOrigin center
39789 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39795 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39797 \begin_inset space ~
39801 \begin_inset space ~
39810 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39815 \begin_inset Graphics
39816 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
39817 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39818 rotateOrigin center
39827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39833 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39835 \begin_inset space ~
39839 \begin_inset space ~
39848 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39853 \begin_inset Graphics
39854 filename ../images/float-insert_figure.png
39855 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
39864 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39870 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39871 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39878 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39879 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39883 \begin_inset Graphics
39884 filename ../images/float-insert_table.png
39885 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
39894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39900 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39901 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39908 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39909 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39913 \begin_inset Graphics
39914 filename ../images/label-insert.png
39915 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
39924 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39930 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39937 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39942 \begin_inset Graphics
39943 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
39944 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
39953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39959 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39966 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39971 \begin_inset Graphics
39972 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
39973 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
39982 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39988 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39995 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39996 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40000 \begin_inset Graphics
40001 filename ../images/index-insert.png
40002 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
40011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40017 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40019 \begin_inset space ~
40028 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40029 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40033 \begin_inset Graphics
40034 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
40035 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
40044 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40050 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40052 \begin_inset space ~
40061 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40066 \begin_inset Graphics
40067 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
40068 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
40077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40083 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40090 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40095 \begin_inset Graphics
40096 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
40097 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
40098 rotateOrigin center
40107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40113 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40115 \begin_inset space ~
40124 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40129 \begin_inset Graphics
40130 filename ../images/note-insert.png
40131 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
40140 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40146 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40147 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40149 \begin_inset space ~
40158 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40163 \begin_inset Graphics
40164 filename ../images/box-insert.png
40165 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
40174 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40180 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40187 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40192 \begin_inset Graphics
40193 filename ../images/url-insert.png
40194 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
40203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40209 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40216 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40221 \begin_inset Graphics
40222 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
40223 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
40232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40238 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40260 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40261 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40265 \begin_inset Graphics
40266 filename ../images/math-macro_newmacroname_newcommand.png
40267 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
40276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40282 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40283 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40290 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40291 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40295 \begin_inset Graphics
40296 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_include.png
40297 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
40306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40312 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40313 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40315 \begin_inset space ~
40324 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40325 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40329 \begin_inset Graphics
40330 filename ../images/dialog-show_character.png
40331 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
40332 rotateOrigin center
40341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40347 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40349 \begin_inset space ~
40358 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40363 \begin_inset Graphics
40364 filename ../images/layout-paragraph.png
40365 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
40366 rotateOrigin center
40375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40381 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40383 \begin_inset space ~
40392 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40393 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40397 \begin_inset Graphics
40398 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
40399 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
40400 rotateOrigin center
40409 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40415 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40429 \begin_layout Subsection
40430 View / Update Toolbar
40431 \begin_inset Index idx
40434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40435 Toolbar ! View / Update
40443 \begin_layout Standard
40444 \begin_inset Graphics
40445 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
40452 \begin_layout Standard
40453 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
40459 \begin_layout Standard
40460 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
40464 \begin_layout Standard
40465 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
40471 \begin_layout Standard
40472 \begin_inset Tabular
40473 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="2">
40474 <features islongtable="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
40475 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
40476 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
40477 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40478 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40482 \begin_inset Graphics
40483 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
40484 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
40485 rotateOrigin center
40494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40500 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40508 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40513 \begin_inset Graphics
40514 filename ../images/buffer-update_dvi.png
40515 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
40516 rotateOrigin center
40525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40531 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40532 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40540 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40541 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40545 \begin_inset Graphics
40546 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
40547 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
40548 rotateOrigin center
40557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40563 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40571 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40572 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40576 \begin_inset Graphics
40577 filename ../images/buffer-update_pdf2.png
40578 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
40579 rotateOrigin center
40588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40594 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40595 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40603 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40608 \begin_inset Graphics
40609 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
40610 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
40611 rotateOrigin center
40620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40626 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40633 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40638 \begin_inset Graphics
40639 filename ../images/buffer-update_ps.png
40640 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
40641 rotateOrigin center
40650 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40656 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40657 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40671 \begin_layout Subsection
40675 \begin_layout Standard
40676 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
40677 \begin_inset space ~
40681 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40683 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
40687 , the table toolbar
40688 \begin_inset Index idx
40691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40701 manual, the math macro toolbar
40702 \begin_inset Index idx
40705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40718 \begin_layout Chapter
40719 The Document Settings
40720 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40722 name "cha:The-Document-Settings"
40727 \begin_inset Index idx
40730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40731 Document ! Settings
40739 \begin_layout Standard
40740 The document settings dialog contains
40742 to set properties for the whole document and is called with the menu
40744 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40748 You can save your document settings as default with th
40750 e Save as Document Defaults
40752 button in the dialog.
40753 This will create a template name
40762 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
40766 \begin_layout Standard
40769 of the dialog are explained in the following.
40772 \begin_layout Section
40776 \begin_layout Standard
40777 Here you set the document class, class options, a graphics driver, and a
40779 Document classes are described in section
40780 \begin_inset space ~
40784 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40786 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
40791 Some classes use some class options by default.
40792 If this is the case, they are listed in the field
40796 and you can decide to use them or not.
40797 If you don't exactly know what the default class options are for, it is
40798 recommended not to touch them.
40799 The graphics driver is used for
40801 graphics, color and page layout packages.
40806 , the default driver for the
40808 -packages are used.
40809 It is recommended to use the default unless you know what you are doing.
40813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40814 When you want one of the following drivers
40815 \begin_inset Newline newline
40833 \begin_inset Newline newline
40836 you first have to activate them in your
40838 distribution, see sec.
40839 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40843 \begin_inset CommandInset href
40845 target "http://tug.ctan.org/get/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf"
40857 \begin_layout Standard
40858 Specifying a master document is necessary when the current document is a
40862 This master document will be used by LyX when the child document is opened
40863 without its master.
40864 This way child documents are always
40867 More about master and child documents is explained in the section
40878 \begin_layout Section
40882 \begin_layout Standard
40883 Modules are explained in section
40884 \begin_inset space ~
40888 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40890 reference "sub:Modules"
40897 \begin_layout Section
40901 \begin_layout Standard
40902 The document font settings are described in section
40903 \begin_inset space ~
40907 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40909 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
40916 \begin_layout Section
40920 \begin_layout Standard
40921 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
40923 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
40927 \begin_layout Standard
40928 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
40929 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the
40932 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
40935 \begin_layout Standard
40936 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
40944 \begin_layout Section
40948 \begin_layout Standard
40949 A description of this menu is given in section
40950 \begin_inset space ~
40954 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40956 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
40961 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40963 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
40970 \begin_layout Section
40974 \begin_layout Standard
40975 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
40976 \begin_inset space ~
40980 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40982 reference "sub:Margins"
40989 \begin_layout Section
40991 \begin_inset Index idx
40994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40995 Language ! Encoding
41003 \begin_layout Standard
41004 The document language and quote styles are set here.
41005 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to
41007 (the LyX file is always encoded in
41010 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
41013 -commands (this can fail if a
41015 -command is not known for a particular character).
41019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41020 The known commands are defined in a text file.
41021 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
41026 manual for details.
41034 \begin_layout Standard
41035 If you use the option
41039 , LyX determines the encoding of a text part from the language of this text.
41040 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
41041 than one encoding in the
41044 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
41045 exactly one encoding.
41046 Checking this option is the preferred setting unless you use
41054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41057 is a TeX typesetting engine, an alternative for
41062 supports Unicode while its input file is assumed to be in
41065 More about using LyX with
41068 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
41082 \begin_layout Standard
41083 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
41084 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
41085 If you want to use this (and your
41087 installation supports Unicode, for that matter), choose one of the four
41090 variants from the list below.
41091 Unfortunately the Unicode support of standard
41093 is quite incomplete, so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode
41094 symbols works fine with
41098 (when LyX uses it's list of known
41100 -commands), but does not work with a fixed
41102 encoding (when the list of known
41104 -commands is not used, because all Unicode symbols can be encoded in
41109 \begin_layout Standard
41110 Here is a list with the important
41115 \begin_layout Description
41117 \begin_inset space ~
41121 \begin_inset space ~
41125 \begin_inset space ~
41141 \begin_inset Index idx
41144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41154 When using this, you probably need to load some additional packages manually
41155 in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
41156 languages in TeX code.
41159 \begin_layout Description
41160 ASCII the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English (7-bit ASCII).
41161 LyX converts all other characters into
41163 commands, which may result in a big file when lots of
41165 -commands are needed.
41168 \begin_layout Description
41170 \begin_inset space ~
41176 \begin_inset space ~
41181 ) MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
41184 \begin_layout Description
41186 \begin_inset space ~
41190 \begin_inset space ~
41195 -6) for Arabic and Farsi
41198 \begin_layout Description
41200 \begin_inset space ~
41208 \begin_layout Description
41210 \begin_inset space ~
41216 \begin_inset space ~
41221 ) MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, the same as
41229 \begin_layout Description
41231 \begin_inset space ~
41235 \begin_inset space ~
41242 ) for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, a
41249 \begin_layout Description
41251 \begin_inset space ~
41255 \begin_inset space ~
41262 4) for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, a subset of the ISO-
41269 \begin_layout Description
41271 \begin_inset space ~
41275 \begin_inset space ~
41281 \begin_inset space ~
41286 ) MS Windows code page for ISO
41287 \begin_inset space ~
41297 \begin_layout Description
41299 \begin_inset space ~
41303 \begin_inset space ~
41307 \begin_inset space ~
41314 2) covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German, Hungarian, Polish, Romanian,
41315 Slovak, and Slovenian
41318 \begin_layout Description
41320 \begin_inset space ~
41324 \begin_inset space ~
41331 ) for simplified Chinese, used especially on UNIX OSes, since
41333 this encoding is officially replaced by the encoding
41337 is not available for
41339 you should try to use the encoding Unicode
41340 \begin_inset space ~
41346 \begin_inset space ~
41354 \begin_layout Description
41356 \begin_inset space ~
41360 \begin_inset space ~
41365 ) for simplified Chinese, is the same as the Windows code page
41369 except for the Euro currency sign, since
41371 this encoding is officially replaced by the encoding
41375 is not available for
41377 you should try to use the encoding Unicode
41378 \begin_inset space ~
41384 \begin_inset space ~
41392 \begin_layout Description
41394 \begin_inset space ~
41398 \begin_inset space ~
41405 ) for traditional Chinese
41408 \begin_layout Description
41410 \begin_inset space ~
41416 \begin_inset space ~
41421 ) MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
41424 \begin_layout Description
41426 \begin_inset space ~
41430 \begin_inset space ~
41435 -5) covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian, Serbian, and Ukrainian
41438 \begin_layout Description
41440 \begin_inset space ~
41445 -R) standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
41448 \begin_layout Description
41450 \begin_inset space ~
41455 -U) Cyrillic for Ukrainian
41458 \begin_layout Description
41460 \begin_inset space ~
41464 \begin_inset space ~
41469 ) Cyrillic for Kazakh
41472 \begin_layout Description
41474 \begin_inset space ~
41478 \begin_inset space ~
41486 \begin_layout Description
41488 \begin_inset space ~
41494 \begin_inset space ~
41499 ) MS Windows code page for Hebrew, a
41506 \begin_layout Description
41508 \begin_inset space ~
41512 \begin_inset space ~
41520 \begin_layout Description
41522 \begin_inset space ~
41528 \begin_inset space ~
41535 -JP encoding for Japanese, uses the
41542 \begin_inset Index idx
41545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41554 , when using this, set the document language to
41561 \begin_layout Description
41563 \begin_inset space ~
41569 \begin_inset space ~
41576 encoding for Japanese, uses the
41582 , when using this, set the document language to
41589 \begin_layout Description
41591 \begin_inset space ~
41597 \begin_inset space ~
41604 -JP encoding for Japanese, uses the
41611 \begin_inset Index idx
41614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41623 , when using this, set the document language to
41628 \begin_layout Description
41630 \begin_inset space ~
41636 \begin_inset space ~
41643 encoding for Japanese, uses the
41649 , when using this, set the document language to
41654 \begin_layout Description
41656 \begin_inset space ~
41662 \begin_inset space ~
41669 encoding for Japanese, uses the
41675 , when using this, set the document language to
41680 \begin_layout Description
41682 \begin_inset space ~
41690 \begin_layout Description
41692 \begin_inset space ~
41696 \begin_inset space ~
41700 \begin_inset space ~
41707 3) covers Esperanto,
41709 , Maltese, and Turkish
41712 \begin_layout Description
41714 \begin_inset space ~
41718 \begin_inset space ~
41722 \begin_inset space ~
41733 ) covers Albanian, Croatian, Finnish, French, German, Hungarian, Irish Gaelic,
41734 Italian, Polish, Romanian, Slovenian, is designed to cover many languages
41735 and characters with diacritics
41738 \begin_layout Description
41740 \begin_inset space ~
41746 \begin_inset space ~
41754 \begin_layout Description
41756 \begin_inset space ~
41760 \begin_inset space ~
41767 5) for Turkish, is like the ISO-
41769 -1 encoding where the Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
41772 \begin_layout Description
41774 \begin_inset space ~
41780 \begin_inset space ~
41794 \begin_inset Index idx
41797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41806 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
41809 \begin_layout Description
41811 \begin_inset space ~
41817 \begin_inset space ~
41828 , which uses Unicode directly, without the help of the
41838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41839 More about using LyX with
41842 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
41856 \begin_layout Description
41858 \begin_inset space ~
41864 \begin_inset space ~
41878 \begin_inset Index idx
41881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41890 (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and
41895 \begin_layout Description
41897 \begin_inset space ~
41911 \begin_inset Index idx
41914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41924 Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
41928 \begin_layout Description
41930 \begin_inset space ~
41934 \begin_inset space ~
41940 \begin_inset space ~
41945 ) MS Windows code page for ISO
41946 \begin_inset space ~
41956 \begin_layout Description
41958 \begin_inset space ~
41962 \begin_inset space ~
41966 \begin_inset space ~
41973 1) covers the languages Albanian, Catalan, Danish, Dutch, English,
41977 , German, Icelandic, Irish, Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish, and
41978 Swedish; better use the ISO-
41985 \begin_layout Description
41987 \begin_inset space ~
41991 \begin_inset space ~
41995 \begin_inset space ~
42006 -1 encoding, but with the Euro currency sign, the
42008 -ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish
42011 \begin_layout Section
42016 \begin_layout Standard
42017 You can adjust here the numbering depth of sections headings as described
42019 \begin_inset space ~
42023 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42025 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
42032 \begin_layout Section
42036 \begin_layout Standard
42037 You can specify here a citation style using the
42044 \begin_inset Index idx
42047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42061 \begin_inset Index idx
42064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42074 For a further description see section
42075 \begin_inset space ~
42079 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42081 reference "sec:Bibliography"
42088 \begin_layout Section
42094 \begin_layout Standard
42097 properties are explained in section
42098 \begin_inset space ~
42102 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42104 reference "sec:PDF-Properties"
42111 \begin_layout Section
42115 \begin_layout Standard
42116 These options will force LyX to use the
42123 \begin_inset Index idx
42126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42140 \begin_inset Index idx
42143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42152 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
42155 \begin_layout Standard
42160 is needed for many constructs, so when you get
42162 -errors in formulas, assure that you have enabled
42167 \begin_layout Standard
42172 is used for special integral characters.
42175 \begin_layout Section
42179 \begin_layout Standard
42180 The float placement options are described in section
42181 \begin_inset space ~
42185 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42187 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
42194 \begin_layout Section
42198 \begin_layout Standard
42199 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
42200 The itemize environment is described in section
42201 \begin_inset space ~
42205 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42207 reference "sec:Itemize"
42214 \begin_layout Section
42218 \begin_layout Standard
42219 Branches are described in section
42220 \begin_inset space ~
42224 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42226 reference "sec:Branches"
42233 \begin_layout Section
42240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42252 \begin_layout Standard
42253 In this text field are entered commands to load special
42255 -packages or to define
42258 The preamble is a thing for
42261 You shouldn't enter commands here until you don't exactly know what you
42265 \begin_layout Standard
42266 An introduction in the
42268 -syntax is given in section
42269 \begin_inset space ~
42273 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42275 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
42282 \begin_layout Chapter
42288 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42290 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
42295 \begin_inset Index idx
42298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42307 \begin_layout Standard
42308 The preferences dialog is called with the menu
42310 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42316 explained in the following.
42319 \begin_layout Section
42323 \begin_layout Subsection
42327 \begin_layout Subsubsection
42328 User Interface File
42329 \begin_inset Index idx
42332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42333 Customization ! of toolbars
42339 \begin_inset Index idx
42342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42343 Customization ! of menus
42351 \begin_layout Standard
42352 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
42355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42360 You have to restart LyX before the change of the user interface file take
42369 \begin_layout Standard
42370 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing an user
42376 -file is a text file where the toolbars and menus are listed.
42377 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
42388 Both files are loaded by the
42394 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
42395 files and edit the entries.
42398 \begin_layout Standard
42399 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
42411 entries must be ended with an explicit
42436 and in the case of the
42437 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42441 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42449 The syntax for the entries is:
42452 \begin_layout Standard
42453 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
42459 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42467 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42471 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42475 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42481 \begin_layout Standard
42483 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
42486 All LyX-functions are listed in
42487 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
42496 \begin_layout Standard
42497 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
42503 \begin_layout Standard
42504 An example: Assuming you use the menu
42506 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42509 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
42513 \begin_layout Standard
42514 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
42519 Item "Save Bookmark 6" "bookmark-save 6"
42522 \begin_layout Standard
42524 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
42527 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
42530 \begin_layout Subsubsection
42534 \begin_layout Standard
42537 Enable tool tips in main work area
42539 enables tool tips showing the content of closed insets like index entries
42543 \begin_layout Subsubsection
42547 \begin_layout Standard
42551 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42555 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42558 restoring of window layout and geometries
42560 LyX's main window will be opened with the size and layout that was used
42561 in the last LyX session.
42564 \begin_layout Standard
42567 Restore cursor positions
42569 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
42573 \begin_layout Standard
42576 Load opened files from last session
42578 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
42581 \begin_layout Subsubsection
42583 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42585 name "sub:Backup documents"
42590 \begin_inset Index idx
42593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42602 \begin_layout Standard
42607 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
42610 \begin_layout Standard
42615 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
42618 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42620 \begin_inset space ~
42628 \begin_layout Standard
42631 Open documents in tabs
42633 is not used, then every file will be opened in its own new instance of
42637 \begin_layout Subsection
42639 \begin_inset Index idx
42642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42649 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42651 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
42658 \begin_layout Standard
42659 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
42662 \begin_layout Standard
42663 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
42666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42671 This section only deals with the fonts
42676 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
42679 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42680 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42691 \begin_layout Standard
42692 By default, LyX uses
42696 as roman (serif) font,
42704 (depends on the system) as
42707 \begin_inset space ~
42723 \begin_layout Standard
42724 You can change the font size with the
42729 You can also change the font zoom outside the preferences dialog for the
42730 current LyX session by pressing
42732 and scrolling the mouse wheel.
42735 \begin_layout Standard
42741 is the screen resolution in
42744 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
42748 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42751 points have the size of 1
42752 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42756 \begin_inset space ~
42760 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42762 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
42769 \begin_layout Standard
42774 are the same as if a document font size of
42777 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42781 The sizes are explained in detail in section
42782 \begin_inset space ~
42786 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42788 reference "sub:Document-Font"
42795 \begin_layout Standard
42800 Cache to speed up font rendering
42802 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
42803 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
42804 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
42805 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
42809 Cache is only available and useful under Mac
42810 \begin_inset space ~
42816 \begin_layout Subsection
42818 \begin_inset Index idx
42821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42828 \begin_inset Index idx
42831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42840 \begin_layout Standard
42841 You can here change all colors used by LyX.
42842 Choose an item in the list and use the
42849 \begin_layout Subsection
42851 \begin_inset Index idx
42854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42855 Settings ! Graphics
42863 \begin_layout Standard
42864 Here you can specify how graphics inside LyX are displayed.
42867 \begin_layout Standard
42872 enables previewing snippets of your document.
42873 This feature is described in section
42874 \begin_inset space ~
42878 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42880 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
42887 \begin_layout Section
42889 \begin_inset Index idx
42892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42901 \begin_layout Subsection
42905 \begin_layout Subsubsection
42909 \begin_layout Standard
42915 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
42919 \begin_layout Standard
42922 Sort environments alphabetically
42924 sorts the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
42927 \begin_layout Standard
42930 Group environments by their category
42932 groups the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
42935 \begin_layout Subsubsection
42940 \begin_layout Standard
42941 Here you can specify what is hidden in the
42948 specifies the width of the text in
42951 This way you can display the text smaller than the screen, the text appears
42955 \begin_layout Subsection
42957 \begin_inset Index idx
42960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42967 \begin_inset Index idx
42970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42971 Settings ! Shortcuts
42979 \begin_layout Subsubsection
42983 \begin_layout Standard
42984 Bindings are used to bind a LyX-function to a key.
42985 Several binding files are available:
42988 \begin_layout Description
42991 .bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
42994 \begin_layout Description
42997 .bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
43008 \begin_layout Description
43009 mac.bind set of bindings for
43012 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43020 \begin_layout Standard
43021 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
43026 , and bind files for special languages.
43027 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.
43028 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43032 \begin_inset space \space{}
43036 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43040 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43044 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
43048 \begin_layout Standard
43049 Some bind-files, like
43053 , have only a small scope.
43054 When looking at the the end of the file
43059 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
43062 \begin_layout Subsubsection
43064 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43066 name "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
43071 \begin_inset Index idx
43074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43075 Key Bindings ! Editing
43083 \begin_layout Standard
43084 To add new or modify existing
43086 to your own taste you can use the table in the dialog that lists all LyX-functi
43087 ons and the bound shortcuts.
43088 To find functions easily, they are grouped by categories and the dialog
43091 Show key-bindings containing
43094 In this field you can insert a keyword for a function you want to edit.
43095 Insert there for example as keyword
43096 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43100 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43103 and you get the 4 different existing shortcuts for the 3 different functions
43105 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43109 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43113 As you can see, one function can have more than one shortcut.
43114 All LyX-functions are also listed in the file
43118 that you find in the
43125 \begin_layout Standard
43127 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43131 \begin_inset space \space{}
43143 , select the function and press the
43148 A dialog pops up where you can add the shortcut by using it.
43149 So press Alt+Q to define the shortcut.
43150 Modifying an existing shortcut is done the same way.
43151 You can also bind multiple functions to one shortcut by modifying an existing
43152 binding and adding the different function names as semicolon separated
43154 LyX will then use the first function that is enabled in the current document
43156 The binding for the function
43160 is an example for this.
43163 \begin_layout Standard
43164 Alternatively you can also edit shortcuts by modifying bind-files with a
43166 The syntax of the entries is:
43169 \begin_layout Standard
43175 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43179 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43183 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43187 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43193 \begin_layout Subsection
43195 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43199 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43203 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43205 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
43210 \begin_inset Index idx
43213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43220 \begin_inset Index idx
43223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43224 Settings ! Keyboard Map
43232 \begin_layout Standard
43233 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
43234 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
43236 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43240 \begin_inset space \space{}
43243 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
43244 can use the keyboard map file named
43253 \begin_layout Standard
43254 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
43257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43262 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
43270 \begin_layout Standard
43271 Besides this, you can specify here the
43273 Wheel scrolling speed
43276 The standard value is 1.0, higher values speed up the scrolling, lower ones
43280 \begin_layout Subsection
43282 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43284 name "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
43289 \begin_inset Index idx
43292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43301 \begin_layout Standard
43302 Input completion is described in sec.
43303 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43307 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43309 reference "sec:Input-Completion"
43314 The completion options for math do the same as the corresponding options
43316 With the general options you can define the delay time for the
43320 completion and choose if long completions should be abbreviated or not.
43323 \begin_layout Section
43325 \begin_inset Index idx
43328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43335 \begin_inset Index idx
43338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43347 \begin_layout Description
43349 \begin_inset space ~
43352 directory This is LyX's working directory.
43353 It is the default when you
43364 \begin_inset space ~
43372 \begin_layout Description
43374 \begin_inset space ~
43377 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
43379 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43381 \begin_inset space ~
43385 \begin_inset space ~
43393 \begin_layout Description
43395 \begin_inset space ~
43398 files This directory will be opened when you use the button
43404 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43408 \begin_inset Newline newline
43412 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
43415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43424 button does not exist when using LyX on
43426 and Windows systems.
43434 \begin_layout Description
43436 \begin_inset space ~
43440 \begin_inset Index idx
43443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43449 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
43450 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
43451 \begin_inset space ~
43455 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43457 reference "sub:Backup documents"
43465 will be used to save the backups.
43466 \begin_inset Newline newline
43469 The backup files have the ending
43470 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43476 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43482 \begin_layout Description
43487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43496 -Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
43497 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
43498 \begin_inset Newline newline
43502 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
43505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43510 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
43518 \begin_layout Description
43520 \begin_inset space ~
43523 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
43526 \begin_layout Description
43528 \begin_inset space ~
43531 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
43532 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
43533 to find it on the system.
43534 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems while
43535 LyX is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
43537 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43541 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43544 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
43545 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
43549 \begin_layout Section
43553 \begin_layout Standard
43554 Here you can insert your name and email address.
43555 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
43557 \begin_inset space ~
43561 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43563 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
43567 , to mark changes you make as yours.
43570 \begin_layout Section
43572 \begin_inset Index idx
43575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43576 Language ! Settings
43582 \begin_inset Index idx
43585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43586 Settings ! Language
43594 \begin_layout Subsection
43598 \begin_layout Description
43600 \begin_inset space ~
43604 \begin_inset space ~
43607 language Here you can select the language of LyX's menus.
43608 Unfortunately this doesn't work on Mac and Windows.
43609 It works so far on Linux, but not for every language you can select here
43610 exists a translation of the LyX menus.
43611 You find the actual translation status here:
43612 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43614 name "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
43615 target "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
43622 \begin_layout Description
43624 \begin_inset space ~
43627 language is the language used in new documents
43630 \begin_layout Description
43632 \begin_inset space ~
43639 -package that handles language issues.
43650 that loads the package
43658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43659 For an introduction to the
43661 -Syntax, have a look at section
43662 \begin_inset space ~
43666 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43668 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
43678 \begin_inset Newline newline
43685 translates in the background automatically text labels of documents to
43686 the document language.
43687 A text label is for instance the word
43688 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43692 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43695 at the beginning of every table caption.
43698 \begin_layout Description
43700 \begin_inset space ~
43703 start When a special
43705 -package is needed to write in a certain document language, you can here
43706 specify the command to start the package.
43707 An example is the start command
43715 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
43720 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
43744 \begin_layout Description
43746 \begin_inset space ~
43754 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
43755 command toggles the package on and off.
43758 \begin_layout Description
43760 \begin_inset space ~
43770 \begin_layout Description
43771 Global When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
43772 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
43776 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
43783 \begin_layout Description
43785 \begin_inset space ~
43788 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
43790 When this option is not set, the
43793 \begin_inset space ~
43798 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the
43801 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
43804 \begin_inset space ~
43812 \begin_layout Description
43814 \begin_inset space ~
43820 \begin_inset space ~
43826 When it is not set, the
43829 \begin_inset space ~
43834 is set to the end of the document.
43837 \begin_layout Description
43839 \begin_inset space ~
43843 \begin_inset space ~
43846 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
43847 language will be underlined blue.
43850 \begin_layout Description
43852 \begin_inset space ~
43858 \begin_inset space ~
43861 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left (
43863 ), like Arabic, Hebrew, Farsi.
43866 \begin_layout Description
43868 \begin_inset space ~
43871 movement When writing
43873 , you can define if the left and right arrow keys moves the cursor visually
43874 to the left or right, respectively, or logically.
43875 Logical means that the cursor is moved to the left when pressing the right
43876 arrow key and the cursor is inside text in an
43881 \begin_layout Subsection
43885 \begin_layout Standard
43886 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
43887 \begin_inset space ~
43891 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43893 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
43900 \begin_layout Section
43904 \begin_layout Subsection
43906 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43913 \begin_inset Index idx
43916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43923 \begin_inset Index idx
43926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43935 \begin_layout Description
43937 \begin_inset space ~
43940 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
43941 The name will be used when the
43946 \begin_inset Newline newline
43950 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
43953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43958 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has there
43967 \begin_layout Description
43969 \begin_inset space ~
43973 \begin_inset space ~
43977 \begin_inset space ~
43980 printer This option works only for the
43985 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43993 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43997 It activates a configuration file for
44000 This is an option only for
44005 \begin_layout Description
44007 \begin_inset space ~
44010 command is the command LyX
44011 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44015 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44021 The default is on most systems
44028 \begin_layout Description
44030 \begin_inset space ~
44034 \begin_inset space ~
44037 Options Here you can specify printer options.
44038 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
44039 of the program that provides the
44046 \begin_layout Subsection
44048 \begin_inset Index idx
44051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44058 \begin_inset Index idx
44061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44062 Settings ! Date format
44070 \begin_layout Standard
44071 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
44072 \begin_inset Newline newline
44076 \begin_inset Flex URL
44079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44081 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
44087 \begin_inset Newline newline
44090 For example the format
44091 \begin_inset Newline newline
44095 \begin_inset Newline newline
44098 prints the date as day/month/year.
44101 \begin_layout Subsection
44105 \begin_layout Description
44107 \begin_inset space ~
44111 \begin_inset space ~
44114 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
44117 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44118 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44120 \begin_inset space ~
44126 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
44130 \begin_layout Description
44134 \begin_inset space ~
44137 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
44146 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
44147 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal
44152 \begin_layout Subsection
44159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44169 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44171 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
44176 \begin_inset Index idx
44179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44189 \begin_layout Description
44194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44202 \begin_inset space ~
44205 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
44210 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
44232 Combinations of the
44235 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44245 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44249 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
44250 LyX sets up in the background.
44251 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
44254 \begin_layout Description
44256 \begin_inset space ~
44260 \begin_inset space ~
44263 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
44268 value depends on your
44273 \begin_layout Standard
44274 You can also specify here commands with parameters for the listed applications.
44275 But before you change something, it is strongly recommended to read the
44276 manuals of the applications.
44277 Currently the following commands can be set:
44280 \begin_layout Description
44287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44295 \begin_inset space ~
44298 command Command for the program
44302 that is described in section
44308 Additional Features
44313 \begin_layout Description
44320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44328 \begin_inset space ~
44331 command Command for the program
44335 that generates the bibliography, see section
44336 \begin_inset space ~
44340 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44342 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
44349 \begin_layout Description
44351 \begin_inset space ~
44354 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section
44355 \begin_inset space ~
44359 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44361 reference "sub:Index-Program"
44368 \begin_layout Description
44370 \begin_inset space ~
44373 command Command for the program that generates the nomenclature, see section
44374 \begin_inset space ~
44378 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44380 reference "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
44387 \begin_layout Description
44391 \begin_inset space ~
44395 \begin_inset space ~
44399 \begin_inset space ~
44403 \begin_inset space ~
44406 options They only have an effect when the program
44415 \begin_layout Standard
44416 There are additionally the following options:
44419 \begin_layout Description
44421 \begin_inset space ~
44425 \begin_inset space ~
44429 \begin_inset space ~
44433 \begin_inset space ~
44439 \begin_inset space ~
44442 files Uses paths in the notation of Windows, that means that
44443 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44449 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44453 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44457 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44460 to separate folders.
44461 This option is enabled by default when you use LyX on Windows.
44462 \begin_inset Index idx
44465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44472 \begin_inset Index idx
44475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44484 \begin_layout Description
44486 \begin_inset space ~
44490 \begin_inset space ~
44494 \begin_inset space ~
44498 \begin_inset space ~
44502 \begin_inset space ~
44506 \begin_inset space ~
44509 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
44511 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44514 dialog when changing the document class.
44517 \begin_layout Section
44519 \begin_inset space ~
44523 \begin_inset Index idx
44526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44535 \begin_layout Subsection
44537 \begin_inset Index idx
44540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44549 \begin_layout Standard
44550 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
44551 from one format to another.
44552 You can modify them or create new ones.
44553 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
44560 \begin_inset space ~
44570 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
44574 \begin_inset space ~
44579 drop-down list, modify the
44583 field, and press the
44590 \begin_layout Standard
44593 Converter File Cache
44595 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
44598 Maximum Age (in days
44601 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
44602 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
44605 \begin_layout Standard
44606 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
44607 the converter definition, is described in section
44618 \begin_layout Subsection
44620 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44622 name "sec:File-Formats"
44627 \begin_inset Index idx
44630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44637 \begin_inset Index idx
44640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44649 \begin_layout Standard
44650 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
44651 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
44655 \begin_layout Standard
44656 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
44657 is described in section
44668 \begin_layout Standard
44669 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
44670 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
44671 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
44672 This is done by specifying a
44677 More about this is described in section
44688 \begin_layout Chapter
44689 Units available in LyX
44690 \begin_inset Index idx
44693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44700 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44702 name "cha:Units-available-in"
44709 \begin_layout Standard
44710 To understand the units described in this documentation,
44711 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44713 reference "cap:Units"
44717 explains all units available in LyX.
44720 \begin_layout Standard
44721 \begin_inset Float table
44727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44728 \begin_inset Caption
44730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44731 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44746 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
44752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44754 \begin_inset Tabular
44755 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
44756 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
44757 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
44758 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
44760 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
44763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44769 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
44772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44780 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
44783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44789 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
44792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
44803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44809 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
44812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44820 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
44823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
44832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44840 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
44843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
44852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44858 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44862 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
44875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
44885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44887 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44895 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44905 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
44908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
44918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44922 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44928 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
44941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
44951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44955 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44961 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
44974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
44983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44989 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44993 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
44999 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45009 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45025 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45031 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45041 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45054 % of original image width
45061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45101 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45110 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45121 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45130 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45141 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45174 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45194 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45209 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45218 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45233 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45247 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45253 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45274 \begin_layout Chapter
45276 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45285 \begin_layout Standard
45286 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
45287 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
45290 \begin_layout Itemize
45293 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
45296 \begin_layout Itemize
45304 \begin_layout Itemize
45310 \begin_layout Itemize
45318 \begin_layout Itemize
45325 \begin_layout Itemize
45332 \begin_layout Itemize
45339 \begin_layout Itemize
45345 \begin_layout Itemize
45354 \begin_layout Itemize
45361 \begin_layout Itemize
45368 \begin_layout Itemize
45374 \begin_layout Itemize
45381 \begin_layout Itemize
45387 \begin_layout Itemize
45393 \begin_layout Itemize
45400 \begin_layout Itemize
45408 \begin_layout Itemize
45410 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
45419 \begin_layout Standard
45420 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
45423 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
45430 \begin_layout Bibliography
45431 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45432 LatexCommand bibitem
45439 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45442 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
45447 \begin_inset Newline newline
45451 \begin_inset Flex URL
45454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45456 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
45464 \begin_layout Bibliography
45465 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45466 LatexCommand bibitem
45467 key "latexcompanion"
45479 Companion Second Edition.
45486 \begin_layout Bibliography
45487 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45488 LatexCommand bibitem
45511 \begin_layout Bibliography
45512 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45513 LatexCommand bibitem
45523 : A Document Preparation System.
45526 Addison-Wesley, second edition,
45530 \begin_layout Bibliography
45531 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45532 LatexCommand bibitem
45550 \begin_layout Bibliography
45551 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45552 LatexCommand bibitem
45560 \begin_inset Newline newline
45564 \begin_inset Flex URL
45567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45569 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
45577 \begin_layout Bibliography
45578 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45579 LatexCommand bibitem
45587 \begin_inset Newline newline
45591 \begin_inset Flex URL
45594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45596 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
45604 \begin_layout Bibliography
45605 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45606 LatexCommand bibitem
45612 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45614 name "Documentation"
45615 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf"
45624 \begin_inset Newline newline
45628 \begin_inset Flex URL
45631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45633 http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf
45641 \begin_layout Bibliography
45642 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45643 LatexCommand bibitem
45649 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45651 name "Documentation"
45652 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf"
45656 how to use the program
45661 \begin_inset Newline newline
45665 \begin_inset Flex URL
45668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45670 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf
45678 \begin_layout Bibliography
45679 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45680 LatexCommand bibitem
45686 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45688 name "Documentation"
45689 target "http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi"
45698 \begin_inset Newline newline
45702 \begin_inset Flex URL
45705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45707 http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi
45715 \begin_layout Bibliography
45716 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45717 LatexCommand bibitem
45723 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45725 name "Documentation"
45726 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
45735 \begin_inset Newline newline
45739 \begin_inset Flex URL
45742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45744 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
45752 \begin_layout Bibliography
45753 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45754 LatexCommand bibitem
45760 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45762 name "Documentation"
45763 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
45774 \begin_inset Index idx
45777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45780 -packages ! caption
45786 \begin_inset Newline newline
45790 \begin_inset Flex URL
45793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45795 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
45803 \begin_layout Bibliography
45804 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45805 LatexCommand bibitem
45811 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45813 name "Documentation"
45814 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
45825 \begin_inset Index idx
45828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45838 \begin_inset Newline newline
45842 \begin_inset Flex URL
45845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45847 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
45855 \begin_layout Bibliography
45856 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45857 LatexCommand bibitem
45865 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45867 name "Documentation"
45868 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf"
45881 \begin_inset Index idx
45884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45894 \begin_inset Newline newline
45898 \begin_inset Flex URL
45901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45903 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf
45911 \begin_layout Bibliography
45912 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45913 LatexCommand bibitem
45919 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45921 name "Documentation"
45922 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
45933 \begin_inset Index idx
45936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45946 \begin_inset Newline newline
45950 \begin_inset Flex URL
45953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45955 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
45963 \begin_layout Bibliography
45964 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45965 LatexCommand bibitem
45971 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45973 name "Documentation"
45974 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
45985 \begin_inset Index idx
45988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45998 \begin_inset Newline newline
46002 \begin_inset Flex URL
46005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46007 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
46015 \begin_layout Bibliography
46016 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46017 LatexCommand bibitem
46023 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46025 name "Documentation"
46026 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty"
46037 \begin_inset Index idx
46040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46050 \begin_inset Newline newline
46054 \begin_inset Flex URL
46057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46059 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty
46067 \begin_layout Bibliography
46068 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46069 LatexCommand bibitem
46075 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46078 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX"
46082 how to use LyX with
46085 \begin_inset Newline newline
46089 \begin_inset Flex URL
46092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46094 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX
46102 \begin_layout Bibliography
46103 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46104 LatexCommand bibitem
46110 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46113 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
46117 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
46118 \begin_inset Newline newline
46122 \begin_inset Flex URL
46125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46127 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
46135 \begin_layout Bibliography
46136 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46137 LatexCommand bibitem
46143 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46146 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
46150 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
46151 \begin_inset Newline newline
46155 \begin_inset Flex URL
46158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46160 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
46168 \begin_layout Bibliography
46169 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46170 LatexCommand bibitem
46176 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46179 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
46183 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
46184 \begin_inset Newline newline
46188 \begin_inset Flex URL
46191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46193 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
46201 \begin_layout Bibliography
46202 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46203 LatexCommand bibitem
46209 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46212 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
46216 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
46217 \begin_inset Newline newline
46221 \begin_inset Flex URL
46224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46226 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
46234 \begin_layout Bibliography
46235 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46236 LatexCommand bibitem
46242 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46245 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
46249 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
46250 \begin_inset Newline newline
46254 \begin_inset Flex URL
46257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46259 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
46267 \begin_layout Bibliography
46268 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46269 LatexCommand bibitem
46275 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46278 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian"
46282 how to set up LyX for Latvian:
46283 \begin_inset Newline newline
46287 \begin_inset Flex URL
46290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46292 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian
46300 \begin_layout Bibliography
46301 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46302 LatexCommand bibitem
46308 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46311 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian"
46315 how to set up LyX for Lithuanian:
46316 \begin_inset Newline newline
46320 \begin_inset Flex URL
46323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46325 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian
46333 \begin_layout Bibliography
46334 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46335 LatexCommand bibitem
46341 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46344 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian"
46348 how to set up LyX for Mongolian:
46349 \begin_inset Newline newline
46353 \begin_inset Flex URL
46356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46358 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian
46366 \begin_layout Bibliography
46367 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46368 LatexCommand bibitem
46374 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46377 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
46381 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
46382 \begin_inset Newline newline
46386 \begin_inset Flex URL
46389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46391 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
46399 \begin_layout Bibliography
46400 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46401 LatexCommand bibitem
46407 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46410 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList"
46414 with a list of all available LyX-functions:
46415 \begin_inset Newline newline
46419 \begin_inset Flex URL
46422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46424 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList
46432 \begin_layout Bibliography
46433 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46434 LatexCommand bibitem
46440 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46443 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16"
46447 about new features in
46452 \begin_inset Newline newline
46456 \begin_inset Flex URL
46459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46461 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16
46469 \begin_layout Standard
46470 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
46477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46504 \begin_inset Note Note
46507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46515 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
46516 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
46517 bibliography is the second one:
46525 \begin_layout Standard
46526 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
46527 LatexCommand bibtex
46528 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
46529 options "biblio/alphadin"
46536 \begin_layout Standard
46537 The above bibliography is created from a
46542 \begin_layout Standard
46545 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
46546 LatexCommand printnomenclature
46551 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
46552 LatexCommand printindex
projects / lyx.git / blob